Subaru Legacy Outback 2008 Factory Service Manual USDM BP-BL G2440BE [v32 ed.]

Table of contents :
GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION
FOREWORD FW
1. Foreword
A: FOREWORD
HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS HU
1. How to Use This Manuals
A: HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS
1. STRUCTURE
2. CONTENTS
3. COMPONENT
4. SPECIFICATION
5. INSPECTION
6. MAINTENANCE
7. DIAGNOSIS
8. SI UNITS
9. EXPLANATION OF TERMINOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS SPC
1. LEGACY
A: DIMENSION
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: ENGINE
C: ELECTRICAL
D: TRANSMISSION
E: STEERING
F: SUSPENSION
G: BRAKE
H: TIRE
I: CAPACITY
J: WEIGHT
1. US MODEL
2. CANADA MODEL
3. OPTION
2. OUTBACK
A: DIMENSION
1. WAGON MODEL
B: ENGINE
C: ELECTRICAL
D: TRANSMISSION
E: STEERING
F: SUSPENSION
G: BRAKE
H: TIRE
I: CAPACITY
J: WEIGHT
1. US MODEL
2. CANADA MODEL
3. OPTION
PRECAUTION PC
1. Precaution
A: CAUTION
1. ABS
2. VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL (VDC)
3. BRAKE FLUID
4. RADIATOR FAN
5. ROAD TEST
6. AIRBAG
7. AIRBAG AND SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER DISPOSAL
8. AIRBAG MODULE
9. AIRBAG SPECIAL TOOL
10. WINDOW
11. WINDOW ADHESIVE
12. OIL
13. FUEL
14. ENGINE COOLANT
15. AIR CONDITIONER REFRIGERANT
16. HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1. Hose Removal/Installation Pre-Procedures
2. Hose Removal/Installation Procedures and Inspection
NOTE NT
1. Note
A: NOTE
1. FASTENERS NOTICE
2. STATIC ELECTRICITY DAMAGE
3. BATTERY
4. SERVICE PARTS
5. PROTECTING VEHICLE UNDER MAINTENANCE
6. ENSURING SECURITY DURING WORK
7. LIFT AND JACK
8. TIE-DOWNS
9. TOWING
10. FRONT HOOD STAY INSTALLATION
11. GENERAL SCAN TOOL
12. AWD CIRCUIT MEASURES
13. SPEEDOMETER TEST
14. BRAKE TEST
15. ON THE CAR WHEEL BALANCING
IDENTIFICATION ID
1. Identification
A: IDENTIFICATION
1. IDENTIFICATION NUMBER & LABEL LOCATIONS
2. MEANING OF V.I.N.
3. MODEL NUMBER PLATE
. BL9DYHJ
. ENGINE
. TRANSMISSION
. REAR DIFFERENTIAL
. OPTION
RECOMMENDED MATERIALS RM
1. Recommended Materials
A: RECOMMENDED MATERIALS
1. GENERAL
2. FUEL
Unleaded gasoline
3. LUBRICANTS
4. FLUID
5. COOLANT
6. REFRIGERANT
7. GREASE
8. ADHESIVE
9. SEAL MATERIAL
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION PI
1. Pre-delivery Inspection
A: GENERAL DESCRIPTION
B: PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION (PDI) PROCEDURE
1. APPEARANCE CHECK
2. TIRE CHECK
3. FUSE INSTALLATION
4. LOCK/UNLOCK AND OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION CHECKS OF DOORS.
5. CHECK THE OPERATION OF CHILD SAFETY LOCK SYSTEM
6. OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION CHECKS OF TRUNK LID
7. OPERATION CHECK OF TRUNK LID RELEASE HANDLE
8. LOCK/UNLOCK AND OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION CHECKS OF REAR GATE
9. OPERATION CHECK OF FUEL LID OPENER LOCK RELEASE LEVER
10. ACCESSORY CHECK
11. OPERATION CHECK OF FRONT HOOD LOCK RELEASE SYSTEM
12. BATTERY
13. BRAKE FLUID
14. ENGINE OIL
15. TRANSMISSION GEAR OIL
16. AT FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
17. ENGINE COOLANT
18. CLUTCH FLUID
19. WINDOW WASHER FLUID
20. FRONT HOOD LATCH CHECK
21. KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
22. ALARM SYSTEM
23. SEAT
24. SEAT BELT
25. TEST MODE CONNECTOR
26. IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
27. STARTING CONDITION
28. EXHAUST SYSTEM
29. INDICATOR AND WARNING LIGHTS
30. HEATER & VENTILATION
31. AIR CONDITIONER
32. CLOCK
33. AUDIO
34. NAVIGATION SYSTEM
35. FRONT ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY SOCKET
36. LIGHTING SYSTEM
37. WIPER DEICER
38. ILLUMINATION CONTROL
39. WINDOW WASHER
40. WIPER
41. POWER WINDOW OPERATION CHECK
42. SUNROOF
43. DOOR MIRROR
44. BRAKE TEST
45. PARKING BRAKE
46. AT SHIFT CONTROL
47. CRUISE CONTROL
48. ATF LEVEL
49. POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL
50. FLUID LEAK CHECK
51. WATER LEAK TEST
52. APPEARANCE CHECK 2
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE SERVICES PM
1. General Description
A: GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2. Schedule
A: MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 1
1. U.S.
2. CANADA
B: MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 2
3. Engine Oil
A: REPLACEMENT
B: INSPECTION
4. Engine Oil Filter
A: REPLACEMENT
5. Spark Plug
A: REPLACEMENT
1. 2.5 L NON-TURBO MODEL
2. 2.5 L TURBO AND 3.0 L MODEL
6. V-belt
A: INSPECTION
1. 2.5 L NON-TURBO AND 2.5 L TURBO MODEL
2. 3.0 L MODEL
B: REPLACEMENT
1. FRONT SIDE BELT (FOR POWER STEERING OIL PUMP AND GENERATOR)
2. REAR SIDE BELT (FOR A/C)
3. 3.0 L MODEL
7. Timing Belt
A: REPLACEMENT
1. 2.5 L NON-TURBO MODEL
2. 2.5 L TURBO MODEL
B: INSPECTION
1. 2.5 L NON-TURBO MODEL
2. 2.5 L TURBO MODEL
8. Fuel Line
A: INSPECTION
9. Air Cleaner Element
A: REPLACEMENT
10. Cooling System
A: INSPECTION
11. Engine Coolant
A: REPLACEMENT
1. REPLACEMENT OF ENGINE COOLANT
2. RELATIONSHIP OF SUBARU COOLANT CONCENTRATION AND FREEZING TEMPERATURE
3. PROCEDURE TO ADJUST THE CONCENTRATION OF THE COOLANT
12. Clutch System
A: INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
13. Transmission Gear Oil
A: REPLACEMENT
1. MANUAL TRANSMISSION
14. Automatic Transmission Fluid
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
1. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID
2. ATF FILTER
15. Front & Rear Differential Gear Oil
A: REPLACEMENT
1. FRONT DIFFERENTIAL (MT MODEL)
2. FRONT DIFFERENTIAL (AT MODEL)
3. REAR DIFFERENTIAL
16. Brake Line
A: INSPECTION
1. BRAKE LINE
2. SERVICE BRAKE
3. BRAKE SERVO SYSTEM
17. Brake Fluid
A: REPLACEMENT
18. Disc Brake Pad and Disc
A: INSPECTION
19. Parking Brake
A: INSPECTION
B: ADJUSTMENT
20. Suspension
A: INSPECTION
1. SUSPENSION BALL JOINT
2. FRONT, REAR SUSPENSION BUSHING
3. WHEEL ARCH HEIGHT
4. WHEEL ALIGNMENT OF FRONT SUSPENSION
5. WHEEL ALIGNMENT OF REAR SUSPENSION
6. OIL LEAKAGE OF STRUT AND SHOCK ABSORBER
7. TIGHTNESS OF BOLTS AND NUTS
8. DAMAGE TO SUSPENSION PARTS
21. Wheel Bearing
A: INSPECTION
1. FRONT WHEEL BEARING
2. REAR WHEEL BEARING
22. Axle Boots & Joints
A: INSPECTION
1. FRONT AND REAR AXLE BOOTS
2. PROPELLER SHAFT
23. Tire Rotation
A: INSPECTION
24. Steering System (Power Steering)
A: INSPECTION
1. STEERING WHEEL
2. STEERING SHAFT JOINT
3. GEARBOX
4. TIE-ROD
5. POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL
6. POWER STEERING FLUID FOR LEAKS
7. HOSES OF OIL PUMP FOR DAMAGES
8. POWER STEERING PIPES FOR DAMAGES
9. GEARBOX BOOTS
10. FITTING BOLTS AND NUTS
ENGINE 1 SECTION
FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) FU(H4SO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. INTAKE MANIFOLD
2. AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
3. CRANKSHAFT POSITION, CAMSHAFT POSITION AND KNOCK SENSORS
4. FUEL TANK
5. FUEL LINE
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
2. Throttle Body
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
3. Intake Manifold
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
4. Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
5. Crankshaft Position Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
6. Camshaft Position Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
7. Knock Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
8. Throttle Position Sensor
A: SPECIFICATION
9. Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
10. Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
11. EGR Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
12. Fuel Injector
A: REMOVAL
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
B: INSTALLATION
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
13. Variable Valve Lift Diagnosis Oil Pressure Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
14. Oil Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
15. Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
16. Rear Oxygen Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
17. Engine Control Module (ECM)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
18. Main Relay
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
19. Fuel Pump Relay
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
20. Electronic Throttle Control Relay
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
21. Fuel
A: PROCEDURE
1. RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE
2. DRAINING FUEL (WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR)
3. DRAINING FUEL (THROUGH THE FUEL FILLER HOSE)
22. Fuel Tank
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
23. Fuel Filler Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: DISASSEMBLY
E: ASSEMBLY
24. Fuel Pump
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
25. Fuel Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
26. Fuel Sub Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
27. Fuel Filter
A: SPECIFICATION
28. Fuel Damper Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
29. Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
30. Fuel System Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) EC(H4SO)
1. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. Front Catalytic Converter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
3. Rear Catalytic Converter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Canister
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Purge Control Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. EGR Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
7. Fuel Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
8. Fuel Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
9. Fuel Sub Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
10. Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
12. Drain Filter
A: SPECIFICATION
13. Shut Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
14. Drain Valve
A: SPECIFICATION
15. PCV Hose Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
INTAKE (INDUCTION) IN(H4SO)
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
B: CAUTION
2. Air Cleaner Element
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
3. Air Cleaner Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Air Intake Chamber
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Air Intake Duct
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Resonator Chamber
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
MECHANICAL ME(H4SO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. TIMING BELT
2. CYLINDER HEAD AND CAMSHAFT
3. VALVE ROCKER ASSEMBLY
4. CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVE ASSEMBLY
5. CYLINDER BLOCK
6. CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON
7. ENGINE MOUNTING
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
E: PROCEDURE
2. Compression
A: INSPECTION
3. Idle Speed
A: INSPECTION
4. Ignition Timing
A: INSPECTION
5. Intake Manifold Vacuum
A: INSPECTION
6. Engine Oil Pressure
A: INSPECTION
7. Fuel Pressure
A: INSPECTION
8. Valve Clearance
A: INSPECTION
B: ADJUSTMENT
9. Engine Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
10. Engine Mounting
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Preparation for Overhaul
A: PROCEDURE
12. V-belt
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT SIDE BELT
2. REAR SIDE BELT
B: INSTALLATION
1. FRONT SIDE BELT
2. REAR SIDE BELT
C: INSPECTION
13. Crank Pulley
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
14. Timing Belt Cover
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
15. Timing Belt
A: REMOVAL
1. TIMING BELT
2. BELT IDLER AND AUTOMATIC BELT TENSION ADJUSTER ASSEMBLY
B: INSTALLATION
1. AUTOMATIC BELT TENSION ADJUSTER ASSEMBLY AND BELT IDLER
2. TIMING BELT
C: INSPECTION
1. TIMING BELT
2. AUTOMATIC BELT TENSION ADJUSTER
3. BELT TENSION PULLEY
4. BELT IDLER
16. Cam Sprocket
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
17. Crank Sprocket
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
18. Valve Rocker Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. INTAKE VALVE ROCKER ASSEMBLY
2. EXHAUST VALVE ROCKER ASSEMBLY
19. Camshaft
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. CAMSHAFT
20. Cylinder Head
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. CYLINDER HEAD
2. VALVE SEAT
3. VALVE GUIDE
4. INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVE
5. VALVE SPRING
6. INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVE OIL SEAL
21. Cylinder Block
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. CYLINDER BLOCK
2. CYLINDER AND PISTON
3. PISTON AND PISTON PIN
4. PISTON RING
5. CONNECTING ROD
6. CRANKSHAFT AND CRANKSHAFT BEARING
22. Oil Switching Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
B: INSTALLATION
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
23. Intake and Exhaust Valve
A: SPECIFICATION
24. Piston
A: SPECIFICATION
25. Connecting Rod
A: SPECIFICATION
26. Crankshaft
A: SPECIFICATION
27. Engine Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
28. Engine Noise
A: INSPECTION
EXHAUST EX(H4SO)
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
B: CAUTION
2. Front Exhaust Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
3. Center Exhaust Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Rear Exhaust Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Muffler
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
COOLING CO(H4SO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. WATER PUMP
2. RADIATOR & RADIATOR FAN
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. Radiator Fan System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
3. Engine Coolant
A: REPLACEMENT
1. DRAINING OF ENGINE COOLANT
2. FILLING OF ENGINE COOLANT
B: INSPECTION
1. RELATIONSHIP OF ENGINE COOLANT CONCENTRATION AND FREEZING TEMPERATURE
2. PROCEDURE TO ADJUST THE CONCENTRATION OF THE COOLANT
4. Water Pump
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Thermostat
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Radiator
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Radiator Cap
A: INSPECTION
8. Radiator Main Fan and Fan Motor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
9. Radiator Sub Fan and Fan Motor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
10. Reservoir Tank
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Engine Cooling System Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
LUBRICATION LU(H4SO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
2. Oil Pressure System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
3. Engine Oil
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
4. Oil Pump
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. TIP CLEARANCE
2. CASE CLEARANCE
3. SIDE CLEARANCE
4. OIL RELIEF VALVE
5. OIL PUMP CASE
6. OIL SEAL
5. Oil Pan and Strainer
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Oil Pressure Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Engine Oil Filter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
8. Engine Lubrication System Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP(H4SO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
C: CAUTION
2. Accelerator Pedal
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
IGNITION IG(H4SO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
C: CAUTION
2. Spark Plug
A: REMOVAL
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
B: INSTALLATION
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
3. Ignition Coil and Ignitor Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Spark Plug Cord
A: INSPECTION
STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS SC(H4SO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. STARTER
2. GENERATOR
C: CAUTION
2. Starter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. SWITCH ASSEMBLY
2. SWITCH ASSEMBLY OPERATION
3. PERFORMANCE TEST
3. Generator
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. DIODE
2. ROTOR
3. STATOR
4. BRUSH
5. BEARING (FRONT SIDE)
4. Battery
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. EXTERNAL PARTS
2. ELECTROLYTE LEVEL
3. SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF ELECTROLYTE
D: MEASUREMENT
1. JUDGMENT OF BATTERY IN CHARGED CONDITION
2. CHECK CONDITION OF CHARGE WITH HYDROMETER
3. NORMAL CHARGING
4. QUICK CHARGING
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN(H4SO)(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
1. ENGINE
2. Check List for Interview
A: CHECK
1. CHECK LIST NO. 1
2. CHECK LIST NO. 2
3. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: INSPECTION
1. BATTERY
2. ENGINE GROUND
C: NOTE
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2. ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
D: PREPARATION TOOL
4. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
1. ENGINE
5. Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
6. Engine Condition Data
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
7. Data Link Connector
A: NOTE
8. General Scan Tool
A: OPERATION
1. HOW TO USE GENERAL SCAN TOOL
2. MODE $01: (CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA)
3. MODE $02 (POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA)
4. MODE $03 (EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DTC)
5. MODE $04 (CLEAR/RESET EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION)
6. MODE $06
7. MODE $07
8. MODE $09
9. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. HOW TO USE THE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)
3. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
4. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)
5. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
6. READ FREEZE FRAME DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
7. V.I.N REGISTRATION
10. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL MODE)
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD MODE)
3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL
11. Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
1. PREPARATION FOR THE INSPECTION MODE
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL
12. Drive Cycle
A: PROCEDURE
1. PREPARATION FOR DRIVE CYCLE
2. DRIVE CYCLE A (AFTER RUNNING 20 MINUTES AT 80 KM/H (50 MPH), IDLE THE ENGINE FOR 1 MINUTE.)
3. DRIVE CYCLE B - 10 MINUTES IDLING
4. DRIVE CYCLE C - DRIVE THE VEHICLE WITH FOLLOWING DRIVE PATTERNS
5. DRIVE CYCLE D
. DRIFT DIAGNOSIS
. STUCK DIAGNOSIS
6. DRIVE CYCLE E
7. DRIVE CYCLE F
8. DRIVE CYCLE H
13. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL MODE)
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD MODE)
3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL
14. Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode
A: OPERATION
15. System Operation Check Mode
A: OPERATION
1. FUEL PUMP CONTROL (OFF DRIVE)
2. FUEL PUMP CONTROL (ON/OFF DRIVE)
3. IDLING IGNITION TIMING FIXED
4. IDLE SPEED CONTROL
5. INJECTOR CONTROL. (INJECTION STOP MODE)
6. INJECTOR CONTROL. (INJECTION QUANTITY CONTROL)
7. EGR VALVE CONTROL
16. Malfunction Indicator Light
A: PROCEDURE
B: ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
C: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON
D: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF
E: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT BLINK
F: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT REMAINS BLINKING
17. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
A: PROCEDURE
B: STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT
C: CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)
D: IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM
E: FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
F: FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
18. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
19. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
B: DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE (BANK 2)
C: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
D: DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
E: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
F: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
G: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
H: DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION
I: DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
J: DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
K: DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
L: DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
M: DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE
N: DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
O: DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
P: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
Q: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
R: DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE
S: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
T: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
U: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW
V: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH
W: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT LOW
X: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
Y: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL
Z: DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION
AA: DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE)
AB: DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AC: DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AD: DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AE: DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AF: DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AG: DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AH: DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AI: DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AJ: DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)
AK: DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)
AL: DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE
AM: DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
AN: DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
AO: DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE
AP: DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW
AQ: DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH
AR: DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW
AS: DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT HIGH
AT: DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED
AU: DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED
AV: DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED
AW: DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED
AX: DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
AY: DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
AZ: DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT
BA: DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE
BB: DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
BC: DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
BD: DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW
BE: DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1)
BF: DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK)
BG: DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
BH: DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED
BI: DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
BJ: DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT
BK: DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT
BL: DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK)
BM: DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF)
BN: DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
BO: DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
BP: DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
BQ: DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW
BR: DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
BS: DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT
BT: DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR “A”
BU: DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED
BV: DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
BW: DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT
BX: DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK
BY: DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR
BZ: DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR
CA: DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE
CB: DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
CC: DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)
CD: DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT MODEL)
CE: DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL)
CF: DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT MODEL)
CG: DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL)
CH: DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
CI: DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
CJ: DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE
CK: DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
CL: DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
CM: DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM
CN: DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM
CO: DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
CP: DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
CQ: DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
CR: DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
CS: DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
CT: DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
CU: DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
CV: DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
CW: DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
CX: DTC P1602 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR
CY: DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1
CZ: DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
DA: DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE
DB: DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW
DC: DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH
DD: DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR “A” MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE
DE: DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DF: DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DG: DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DH: DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DI: DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A”/“B” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
DJ: DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D”/“E” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
DK: DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
DL: DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW
DM: DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH
20. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
1. ENGINE
GENERAL DESCRIPTION GD(H4SO)
1. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
2. Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria
A: DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
. Normal
. Low NG
. High NG
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
B: DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
C: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
D: DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
E: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
F: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
G: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
H: DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
I: DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
J: DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
K: DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
L: DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
M: DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
N: DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
O: DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
P: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
Q: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
R: DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
S: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
T: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
U: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
V: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
W: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
X: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
Y: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
Z: DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AA: DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AB: DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AC: DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AD: DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AE: DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AF: DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AG: DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AH: DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic method
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
10. ENABLE CONDITION
11. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
12. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
13. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
14. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
15. FAIL SAFE
16. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AI: DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION (USED ONLY FOR MALFUNCTION JUDGMENT)
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AJ: DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic method
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AK: DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic method
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AL: DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Drift Diagnosis
Stuck Diagnosis
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
DRIFT DIAGNOSIS
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
10. ENABLE CONDITION
Stuck Diagnosis
11. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
12. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
13. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
14. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
15. FAIL SAFE
16. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AM: DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AN: DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AO: DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AP: DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AQ: DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AR: DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AS: DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AT: DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
180˚ Interval Difference Method
360˚ Interval Difference Method
720˚ Interval Difference Method
. FTP 1.5 times misfire (Misfire occurrence level which influences exhaust gas)
. Catalyst damage misfire (Misfire occurrence level damaging catalyst)
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AU: DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AV: DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AW: DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AX: DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AY: DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AZ: DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BA: DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BB: DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
Abnormality Judgment
Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BC: DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BD: DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BE: DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BF: DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
0.04-inch Diagnosis
Mode Table for Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis
0.02-inch Diagnosis
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Pressure control solenoid valve
Valve Operation and Air Flow
Drain valve
3. ENABLE CONDITION
0.04-inch Diagnosis
0.02-inch Diagnosis
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
0.04-inch Diagnosis
0.02-inch Diagnosis
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
Purge control solenoid valve stuck open fault diagnosis
Purge control solenoid valve Open Fixation
Leak Diagnosis
Leak Diagnosis
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BG: DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BH: DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BI: DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BJ: DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BK: DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BL: DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BM: DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BN: DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BO: DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BP: DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BQ: DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BR: DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BS: DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BT: DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR “A”
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BU: DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BV: DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BW: DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BX: DTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
BY: DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BZ: DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
Abnormality Judgment
Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CA: DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
Abnormality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CB: DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CC: DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CD: DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CE: DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT MODEL)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CF: DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CG: DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT MODEL)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CH: DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CI: DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CJ: DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CK: DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CL: DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CM: DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CN: DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CO: DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CP: DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CQ: DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CR: DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CS: DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CT: DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CU: DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CV: DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CW: DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CX: DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CY: DTC P1570 ANTENNA
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CZ: DTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DA: DTC P1572 IMM CIRCUIT FAILURE (EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DB: DTC P1574 KEY COMMUNICATION FAILURE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DC: DTC P1576 EGI CONTROL MODULE EEPROM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DD: DTC P1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPROM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DE: DTC P1578 METER FAILURE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DF: DTC P1602 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Exhaust gas temperature diagnosis
. Idle speed diagnosis
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DG: DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DH: DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DI: DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DJ: DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DK: DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DL: DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR “A” MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DM: DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DN: DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DO: DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DP: DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DQ: DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A”/“B” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DR: DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D”/“E” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DS: DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DT: DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DU: DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
ENGINE 2 SECTION
FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) FU(H4DOTC)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. INTAKE MANIFOLD
2. AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
3. CRANKSHAFT POSITION, CAMSHAFT POSITION AND KNOCK SENSORS
4. FUEL TANK
5. FUEL LINE
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
2. Throttle Body
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
3. Intake Manifold
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
4. Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
5. Crankshaft Position Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
6. Camshaft Position Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
7. Knock Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
8. Throttle Position Sensor
A: SPECIFICATION
9. Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
10. Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
11. Fuel Injector
A: REMOVAL
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
B: INSTALLATION
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
12. Tumble Generator Valve Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
13. Tumble Generator Valve Actuator
A: SPECIFICATION
14. Tumble Generator Valve Position Sensor
A: SPECIFICATION
15. Oil Flow Control Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
16. Wastegate Control Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
17. Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
18. Rear Oxygen Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
19. SI-DRIVE (SUBARU Intelligent Drive) Selector
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
20. SI-DRIVE (SUBARU Intelligent Drive) S# Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
21. Engine Control Module (ECM)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
22. Main Relay
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
23. Fuel Pump Relay
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
24. Electronic Throttle Control Relay
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
25. Fuel Pump Control Unit
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
26. Fuel
A: PROCEDURE
1. RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE
2. DRAINING FUEL (WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR)
3. DRAINING FUEL (THROUGH THE FUEL FILLER HOSE)
27. Fuel Tank
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
28. Fuel Filler Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: DISASSEMBLY
E: ASSEMBLY
29. Fuel Pump
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
30. Fuel Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
31. Fuel Sub Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
32. Fuel Filter
A: SPECIFICATION
33. Fuel Damper Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
34. Fuel Delivery, Return and Evaporation Lines
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
35. Fuel System Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) EC(H4DOTC)
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
1. SECONDARY AIR PUMP
2. SECONDARY AIR COMBINATION VALVE
B: CAUTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. Front Catalytic Converter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
3. Rear Catalytic Converter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Canister
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Purge Control Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
1. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
2. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2
B: INSTALLATION
1. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
2. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2
C: INSPECTION
6. Fuel Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
7. Fuel Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
8. Fuel Sub Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
9. Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
10. Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Drain Filter
A: SPECIFICATION
12. Shut Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
13. Drain Valve
A: SPECIFICATION
14. PCV Hose Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
15. Secondary Air Pump
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
16. Secondary Air Combination Valve
A: REMOVAL
1. SECONDARY AIR COMBINATION VALVE LH
2. SECONDARY AIR COMBINATION VALVE RH
B: INSTALLATION
1. SECONDARY AIR COMBINATION VALVE LH
2. SECONDARY AIR COMBINATION VALVE RH
C: INSPECTION
INTAKE (INDUCTION) IN(H4DOTC)
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
1. AIR CLEANER
2. INTAKE DUCT
3. INTERCOOLER
4. TURBOCHARGER
B: CAUTION
2. Air Cleaner Element
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
3. Air Cleaner Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Air Intake Duct
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Resonator Chamber
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Intake Duct
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
7. Intercooler
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
8. Turbocharger
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
9. Air By-pass Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
MECHANICAL ME(H4DOTC)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. TIMING BELT
2. CYLINDER HEAD AND CAMSHAFT
3. CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVE ASSEMBLY
4. CYLINDER BLOCK
5. CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON
6. ENGINE MOUNTING
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
E: PROCEDURE
2. Compression
A: INSPECTION
3. Idle Speed
A: INSPECTION
4. Ignition Timing
A: INSPECTION
1. METHOD WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. METHOD WITH TIMING LIGHT
5. Intake Manifold Vacuum
A: INSPECTION
6. Engine Oil Pressure
A: INSPECTION
7. Fuel Pressure
A: INSPECTION
8. Valve Clearance
A: INSPECTION
B: ADJUSTMENT
9. Engine Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
10. Engine Mounting
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Preparation for Overhaul
A: PROCEDURE
12. V-belt
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT SIDE BELT
2. REAR SIDE BELT
B: INSTALLATION
1. FRONT SIDE BELT
2. REAR SIDE BELT
C: INSPECTION
13. Crank Pulley
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
1. METHOD WITHOUT ANGLE GAUGE
2. METHOD WITH ANGLE GAUGE
C: INSPECTION
14. Timing Belt Cover
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
15. Timing Belt
A: REMOVAL
1. TIMING BELT
2. AUTOMATIC BELT TENSION ADJUSTER ASSEMBLY AND BELT IDLER
B: INSTALLATION
1. AUTOMATIC BELT TENSION ADJUSTER ASSEMBLY AND BELT IDLER
2. TIMING BELT
C: INSPECTION
1. TIMING BELT
2. AUTOMATIC BELT TENSION ADJUSTER
3. BELT TENSION PULLEY
4. BELT IDLER
16. Cam Sprocket
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
17. Crank Sprocket
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
18. Camshaft
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
19. Cylinder Head
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. CYLINDER HEAD
2. VALVE SEAT
3. VALVE GUIDE
4. INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVE
5. VALVE SPRING
6. INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVE OIL SEAL
7. VALVE LIFTER
20. Cylinder Block
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. CYLINDER BLOCK
2. CYLINDER AND PISTON
3. PISTON AND PISTON PIN
4. PISTON RING
5. CONNECTING ROD
6. CRANKSHAFT AND CRANKSHAFT BEARING
21. Intake and Exhaust Valve
A: SPECIFICATION
22. Piston
A: SPECIFICATION
23. Connecting Rod
A: SPECIFICATION
24. Crankshaft
A: SPECIFICATION
25. Engine Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
26. Engine Noise
A: INSPECTION
EXHAUST EX(H4DOTC)
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
1. FRONT EXHAUST PIPE
2. CENTER AND REAR EXHAUST PIPE, AND MUFFLER
B: CAUTION
2. Front Exhaust Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
3. Center Exhaust Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Joint Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Rear Exhaust Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Muffler
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
COOLING CO(H4DOTC)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. WATER PUMP
2. RADIATOR AND RADIATOR FAN
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
2. Radiator Fan System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
3. Engine Coolant
A: REPLACEMENT
1. DRAINING OF ENGINE COOLANT
2. FILLING OF ENGINE COOLANT
B: INSPECTION
1. RELATIONSHIP OF ENGINE COOLANT CONCENTRATION AND FREEZING TEMPERATURE
2. PROCEDURE TO ADJUST THE CONCENTRATION OF THE COOLANT
4. Water Pump
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Thermostat
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Radiator
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Radiator Cap
A: INSPECTION
8. Radiator Main Fan and Fan Motor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
9. Radiator Sub Fan and Fan Motor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
10. Reservoir Tank
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Coolant Filler Tank
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
12. Engine Cooling System Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
LUBRICATION LU(H4DOTC)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. Oil Pressure System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
3. Engine Oil
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
4. Oil Pump
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. TIP CLEARANCE
2. CASE CLEARANCE
3. SIDE CLEARANCE
4. OIL RELIEF VALVE
5. OIL PUMP CASE
6. OIL SEAL
5. Oil Pan and Strainer
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Oil Pressure Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Oil Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. INSPECTING UNION SCREW WITH FILTER
2. OTHER INSPECTIONS
8. Engine Oil Cooler
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. Engine Oil Filter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
10. Engine Lubrication System Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP(H4DOTC)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
IGNITION IG(H4DOTC)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
C: CAUTION
2. Spark Plug
A: REMOVAL
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
B: INSTALLATION
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
3. Ignition Coil
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS SC(H4DOTC)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN(H4DOTC)(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
1. ENGINE
2. Check List for Interview
A: CHECK
1. CHECK LIST NO. 1
2. CHECK LIST NO. 2
3. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: INSPECTION
1. BATTERY
2. ENGINE GROUND
C: NOTE
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2. ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
D: PREPARATION TOOL
4. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
1. ENGINE
5. Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
6. Engine Condition Data
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
7. Data Link Connector
A: NOTE
8. General Scan Tool
A: OPERATION
1. HOW TO USE GENERAL SCAN TOOL
2. MODE $01 (CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA)
3. MODE $02 (POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA)
4. MODE $03 (EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DTC)
5. MODE $04 (CLEAR/RESET EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION)
6. MODE $06
7. MODE $07
8. MODE $09
9. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. HOW TO USE THE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)
3. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
4. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)
5. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
6. READ FREEZE FRAME DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
7. V.I.N. REGISTRATION
10. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL MODE)
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD MODE)
3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL
11. Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
1. PREPARATION FOR THE INSPECTION MODE
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL
12. Drive Cycle
A: PROCEDURE
1. PREPARATION FOR DRIVE CYCLE
2. DRIVE CYCLE A - DRIVE THE VEHICLE WITH 80 KM/H (50 MPH) FOR 20 MINUTES, AND THEN IDLE THE ENGINE FOR A MINUTE.)
3. DRIVE CYCLE B - 10 MINUTES IDLING
4. DRIVE CYCLE C - DRIVE THE VEHICLE WITH FOLLOWING DRIVE PATTERNS
5. DRIVE CYCLE D
DRIFT DIAGNOSIS
STUCK DIAGNOSIS
6. DRIVE CYCLE E
7. DRIVE CYCLE F
8. DRIVE CYCLE G
9. DRIVE CYCLE H
13. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL MODE)
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD MODE)
3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL
14. Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode
A: OPERATION
15. System Operation Check Mode
A: OPERATION
1. FUEL PUMP CONTROL (OFF DRIVE)
2. FUEL PUMP CONTROL (ON/OFF DRIVE)
3. IDLING IGNITION TIMING FIXED
4. IDLE SPEED CONTROL
5. INJECTOR CONTROL. (INJECTION STOP MODE)
6. INJECTOR CONTROL. (INJECTION QUANTITY CONTROL)
16. Malfunction Indicator Light
A: PROCEDURE
B: ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
C: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON
D: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF
E: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT BLINK
F: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT REMAINS BLINKING
17. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
A: PROCEDURE
B: STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT
C: CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)
D: IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM
E: FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
F: FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
18. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
19. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC P0011 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
B: DTC P0016 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION (BANK1)
C: DTC P0018 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION (BANK2)
D: DTC P0021 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 2)
E: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
F: DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
G: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
H: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
I: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
J: DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION
K: DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE
L: DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
M: DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
N: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
O: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
P: DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE
Q: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
R: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
S: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW
T: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH
U: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT LOW
V: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
W: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL
X: DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION
Y: DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE)
Z: DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AA: DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AB: DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AC: DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AD: DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AE: DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AF: DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AG: DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AH: DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)
AI: DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)
AJ: DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE
AK: DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
AL: DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
AM: DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW
AN: DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT HIGH
AO: DTC P0230 FUEL PUMP PRIMARY CIRCUIT
AP: DTC P0244 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID “A” RANGE/PERFORMANCE
AQ: DTC P0245 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID “A” LOW
AR: DTC P0246 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID “A” HIGH
AS: DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED
AT: DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED
AU: DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED
AV: DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED
AW: DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
AX: DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
AY: DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT
AZ: DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE /PERFORMANCE
BA: DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
BB: DTC P0345 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 2)
BC: DTC P0410 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM
BD: DTC P0411 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM INCORRECT FLOW DETECTED
BE: DTC P0413 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE “A” CIRCUIT OPEN
BF: DTC P0414 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE “A” CIRCUIT SHORTED
BG: DTC P0416 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE "B" CIRCUIT OPEN
BH: DTC P0417 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE "B" CIRCUIT SHORTED
BI: DTC P0418 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM CONTROL “A” CIRCUIT
BJ: DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1)
BK: DTC P0441 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM INCORRECT PURGE FLOW
BL: DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK)
BM: DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
BN: DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED
BO: DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
BP: DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT
BQ: DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT
BR: DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK)
BS: DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF)
BT: DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
BU: DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
BV: DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
BW: DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW
BX: DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
BY: DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT
BZ: DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR “A”
CA: DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED
CB: DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
CC: DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT
CD: DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK
CE: DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR
CF: DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR
CG: DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE
CH: DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
CI: DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)
CJ: DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT MODEL)
CK: DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL)
CL: DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT MODEL)
CM: DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL)
CN: DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
CO: DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
CP: DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE
CQ: DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
CR: DTC P1410 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE STUCK OPEN
CS: DTC P1418 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM CONTROL “A” CIRCUIT SHORTED
CT: DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
CU: DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM
CV: DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM
CW: DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
CX: DTC P1602 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR
CY: DTC P2004 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK OPEN (BANK 1)
CZ: DTC P2005 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK OPEN (BANK 2)
DA: DTC P2006 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK CLOSED (BANK 1)
DB: DTC P2007 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK CLOSED (BANK 2)
DC: DTC P2008 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT / OPEN (BANK 1)
DD: DTC P2009 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
DE: DTC P2011 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT / OPEN (BANK 2)
DF: DTC P2012 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
DG: DTC P2016 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
DH: DTC P2017 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
DI: DTC P2021 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
DJ: DTC P2022 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
DK: DTC P2088 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
DL: DTC P2089 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
DM: DTC P2092 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
DN: DTC P2093 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
DO: DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1
DP: DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
DQ: DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
DR: DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW
DS: DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH
DT: DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR “A” MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE
DU: DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DV: DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DW: DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DX: DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DY: DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A”/“B” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
DZ: DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D”/“E” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
EA: DTC P2419 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
EB: DTC P2420 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
EC: DTC P2431 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM AIR FLOW /PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
ED: DTC P2432 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM AIR FLOW /PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
EE: DTC P2433 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM AIR FLOW /PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
EF: DTC P2440 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE STUCK OPEN (BANK 1)
EG: DTC P2441 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE STUCK CLOSED (BANK 1)
EH: DTC P2442 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE STUCK OPEN (BANK2)
EI: DTC P2443 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE STUCK CLOSED (BANK2)
EJ: DTC P2444 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM PUMP STUCK ON
20. Diagnostic Procedure without Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: CHECK SI-DRIVE (SUBARU Intelligent Drive) SYSTEM
1. EVEN WHEN THE SI-DRIVE MODE IS CHANGED, THE MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY DOES NOT CHANGE, AND THE MODE DOES NOT SWITCH
2. WHEN THE SI-DRIVE MODE IS CHANGED, “MODE CHANGE ERROR” APPEARS IN THE MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY APPROXIMATELY 5 SECONDS LATER
3. WHEN THE SI-DRIVE MODE IS CHANGED, “MODE CHANGE ERROR” IS NOT DISPLAYED IN MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY, AND “S#”, “I”, “S” FLASHES
21. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
1. ENGINE
GENERAL DESCRIPTION GD(H4DOTC)
1. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
2. Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria
A: DTC P0011 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
B: DTC P0016 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION (BANK1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
C: DTC P0018 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION (BANK2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
D: DTC P0021 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
E: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
F: DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
G: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
H: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
I: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
J: DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
K: DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
L: DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
M: DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
N: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
O: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
P: DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
Q: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
R: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
S: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
T: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
U: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
V: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
W: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
X: DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
Y: DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
Z: DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AA: DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AB: DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AC: DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AD: DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AE: DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AF: DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
10. ENABLE CONDITION
11. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
12. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
13. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
14. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
15. FAIL SAFE
16. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AG: DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION (USED ONLY FOR MALFUNCTION JUDGMENT)
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AH: DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AI: DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic method
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AJ: DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Drift Diagnosis
Stuck Diagnosis
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
DRIFT DIAGNOSIS
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
10. ENABLE CONDITION
Stuck Diagnosis
11. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
12. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
13. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
14. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
15. FAIL SAFE
16. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AK: DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AL: DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AM: DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AN: DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AO: DTC P0230 FUEL PUMP PRIMARY CIRCUIT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AP: DTC P0244 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID “A” RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITIONS
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AQ: DTC P0245 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID “A” LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
Abnormality Judgment
Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AR: DTC P0246 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID “A” HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
Abnormality Judgment
Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AS: DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
180˚ Interval Difference Method
360˚ Interval Difference Method
720˚ Interval Difference Method
. FTP 1.5 times misfire (Misfire occurrence level which influences exhaust gas)
. Catalyst damage misfire (Misfire occurrence level damaging catalyst)
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AT: DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AU: DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AV: DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AW: DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AX: DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AY: DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AZ: DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BA: DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment 1
. Normality Judgement 1
. Abnormality Judgment 2
. Normality Judgement 2
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BB: DTC P0345 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BC: DTC P0410 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
Pump supply pressure check
Combination valve both closed pulse diagnosis
Combination valve changeover pressure diagnosis
Overflow diagnosis
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BD: DTC P0411 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM INCORRECT FLOW DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BE: DTC P0413 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE “A” CIRCUIT OPEN
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BF: DTC P0414 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE “A” CIRCUIT SHORTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BG: DTC P0416 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE "B" CIRCUIT OPEN
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BH: DTC P0417 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE "B" CIRCUIT SHORTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BI: DTC P0418 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM CONTROL “A” CIRCUIT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BJ: DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BK: DTC P0441 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM INCORRECT PURGE FLOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BL: DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
0.04-inch Diagnosis
Mode Table for Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis
0.02-inch Diagnosis
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Pressure control solenoid valve
Valve Operation and Air Flow
Drain valve
3. ENABLE CONDITION
0.04-inch Diagnosis
0.02-inch Diagnosis
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
0.04-inch Diagnosis
0.02-inch Diagnosis
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
Purge control solenoid valve stuck open fault diagnosis
Purge control solenoid valve Open Fixation
Leak Diagnosis
Leak Diagnosis
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BM: DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BN: DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BO: DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BP: DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BQ: DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BR: DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BS: DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BT: DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BU: DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BV: DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BW: DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BX: DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BY: DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BZ: DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR “A”
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CA: DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CB: DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CC: DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CD: DTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
CE: DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CF: DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CG: DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CH: DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CI: DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CJ: DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CK: DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT MODEL)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CL: DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CM: DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT MODEL)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CN: DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CO: DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CP: DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CQ: DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CR: DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CS: DTC P1410 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE STUCK OPEN
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CT: DTC P1418 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM CONTROL “A” CIRCUIT SHORTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CU: DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CV: DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CW: DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CX: DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CY: DTC P1570 ANTENNA
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CZ: DTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DA: DTC P1572 IMM CIRCUIT FAILURE (EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DB: DTC P1574 KEY COMMUNICATION FAILURE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DC: DTC P1576 EGI CONTROL MODULE EEPROM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DD: DTC P1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPROM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DE: DTC P1578 METER FAILURE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DF: DTC P1602 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Exhaust gas temperature diagnosis
. Idle speed diagnosis
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DG: DTC P2004 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK OPEN (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DH: DTC P2005 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK OPEN (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DI: DTC P2006 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK CLOSED (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DJ: DTC P2007 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL STUCK CLOSED (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DK: DTC P2008 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT / OPEN (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DL: DTC P2009 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DM: DTC P2011 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT / OPEN (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DN: DTC P2012 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DO: DTC P2016 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DP: DTC P2017 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DQ: DTC P2021 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DR: DTC P2022 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR / SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DS: DTC P2088 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DT: DTC P2089 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DU: DTC P2092 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DV: DTC P2093 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DW: DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DX: DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DY: DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DZ: DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EA: DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EB: DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR “A” MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EC: DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
ED: DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EE: DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EF: DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EG: DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A”/“B” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EH: DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D”/“E” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EI: DTC P2419 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EJ: DTC P2420 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EK: DTC P2431 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM AIR FLOW /PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EL: DTC P2432 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM AIR FLOW /PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EM: DTC P2433 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM AIR FLOW /PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EN: DTC P2440 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE STUCK OPEN (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
EO: DTC P2441 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE STUCK CLOSED (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
EP: DTC P2442 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE STUCK OPEN (BANK2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
EQ: DTC P2443 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE STUCK CLOSED (BANK2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
ER: DTC P2444 SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM PUMP STUCK ON
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITIONS
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
ENGINE 3 SECTION
FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) FU(H6DO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. INTAKE MANIFOLD
2. FUEL INJECTOR
3. AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
4. CRANKSHAFT POSITION, CAMSHAFT POSITION AND KNOCK SENSORS
5. FUEL TANK
6. FUEL LINE
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
2. Throttle Body
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
3. Intake Manifold
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
4. Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
5. Crankshaft Position Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
6. Camshaft Position Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
7. Knock Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
8. Throttle Position Sensor
A: SPECIFICATION
9. Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
10. Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
11. EGR Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
12. Fuel Injector
A: REMOVAL
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
B: INSTALLATION
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
13. Variable Valve Lift Diagnosis Oil Pressure Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
14. Oil Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
15. Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
16. Rear Oxygen Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
17. SI-DRIVE (SUBARU Intelligent Drive) Selector
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
18. SI-DRIVE (SUBARU Intelligent Drive) S# Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
19. Engine Control Module (ECM)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
20. Main Relay
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
21. Fuel Pump Relay
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
22. Electronic Throttle Control Relay
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
23. Fuel Pump Control Unit
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
24. Fuel
A: PROCEDURE
1. RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE
2. DRAINING FUEL (WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR)
3. DRAINING FUEL (THROUGH THE FUEL FILLER HOSE)
25. Fuel Tank
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
26. Fuel Filler Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: DISASSEMBLY
E: ASSEMBLY
27. Fuel Pump
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
28. Fuel Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
29. Fuel Sub Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
30. Fuel Filter
A: SPECIFICATION
31. Fuel Damper Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
32. Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
33. Fuel System Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) EC(H6DO)
1. General Description
A: CAUTION
2. Front Catalytic Converter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
3. Rear Catalytic Converter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. EGR Valve
A: SPECIFICATION
5. Canister
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Purge Control Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Fuel Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
8. Fuel Temperature Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
9. Fuel Sub Level Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
10. Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
12. Drain Filter
A: SPECIFICATION
13. Shut Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
14. Drain Valve
A: SPECIFICATION
15. PCV Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
INTAKE (INDUCTION) IN(H6DO)
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
B: CAUTION
2. Air Cleaner Element
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
3. Air Cleaner Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Air Intake Chamber
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Air Intake Duct
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Resonator Chamber
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
MECHANICAL ME(H6DO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. V-BELT
2. TIMING CHAIN COVER
3. TIMING CHAIN
4. CYLINDER HEAD AND CAMSHAFT
5. CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVE ASSEMBLY
6. CYLINDER BLOCK
7. CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON
8. ENGINE MOUNTING
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
E: PROCEDURE
2. Compression
A: INSPECTION
3. Idle Speed
A: INSPECTION
4. Ignition Timing
A: INSPECTION
1. METHOD WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. METHOD WITH TIMING LIGHT
5. Intake Manifold Vacuum
A: INSPECTION
6. Engine Oil Pressure
A: INSPECTION
7. Fuel Pressure
A: INSPECTION
8. Valve Clearance
A: INSPECTION
B: ADJUSTMENT
1. INTAKE SIDE
2. EXHAUST SIDE
9. Engine Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
10. Engine Mounting
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Preparation for Overhaul
A: REMOVAL
12. V-belt
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
13. Crank Pulley
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
14. Front Chain Cover
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
15. Timing Chain Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
16. Cam Sprocket
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
17. Crank Sprocket
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
18. Rear Chain Cover
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
19. Camshaft
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
20. Cylinder Head
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. CYLINDER HEAD
2. VALVE SEAT
3. VALVE GUIDE
4. INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVE
5. VALVE SPRING
6. INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVE OIL SEAL
7. VALVE LIFTER
21. Cylinder Block
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. CYLINDER BLOCK
2. CYLINDER AND PISTON
3. PISTON AND PISTON PIN
4. PISTON RING
5. CONNECTING ROD
6. CRANKSHAFT AND CRANKSHAFT BEARING
22. Oil Flow Control Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
23. Oil Switching Solenoid Valve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
24. Intake and Exhaust Valve
A: SPECIFICATION
25. Piston
A: SPECIFICATION
26. Connecting Rod
A: SPECIFICATION
27. Crankshaft
A: SPECIFICATION
28. Engine Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
29. Engine Noise
A: INSPECTION
EXHAUST EX(H6DO)
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
B: CAUTION
2. Front Exhaust Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
3. Rear Exhaust Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Muffler
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
COOLING CO(H6DO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. WATER PUMP
2. RADIATOR AND RADIATOR FAN
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Radiator Fan System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: RADIATOR FAN CONTROL OUTPUT WAVEFORM
C: INSPECTION
3. Engine Coolant
A: REPLACEMENT
1. DRAINING OF ENGINE COOLANT
2. FILLING OF ENGINE COOLANT
B: INSPECTION
1. RELATIONSHIP OF COOLANT CONCENTRATION AND FREEZING TEMPERATURE
2. PROCEDURE TO ADJUST THE CONCENTRATION OF THE COOLANT
4. Water Pump
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Thermostat
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Radiator
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Radiator Cap
A: INSPECTION
8. Radiator Main Fan and Fan Motor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
9. Radiator Sub Fan and Fan Motor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
10. Reservoir Tank
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Radiator Fan Control Unit
A: SPECIFICATION
12. Engine Cooling System Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
LUBRICATION LU(H6DO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. Oil Pressure System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
3. Engine Oil
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
4. Oil Pump
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. TIP CLEARANCE
2. CASE CLEARANCE
3. SIDE CLEARANCE
4. OIL PUMP CASE
5. Oil Pump Relief Valve
A: REMOVAL
1. REAR CHAIN COVER SIDE
2. OIL PAN UPPER SIDE
B: INSTALLATION
1. REAR CHAIN COVER SIDE
2. OIL PAN UPPER SIDE
C: INSPECTION
6. Oil Pan and Strainer
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Oil Pressure Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
8. Engine Oil Filter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. Oil Cooler
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
10. Engine Lubrication System Trouble in General
A: INSPECTION
SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP(H6DO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
C: CAUTION
2. Accelerator Pedal
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
IGNITION IG(H6DO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
C: CAUTION
2. Spark Plug
A: REMOVAL
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
B: INSTALLATION
1. RH SIDE
2. LH SIDE
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
3. Ignition Coil
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS SC(H6DO)
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN(H6DO)(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
1. ENGINE
2. Check List for Interview
A: CHECK
1. CHECK LIST NO. 1
2. CHECK LIST NO. 2
3. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: INSPECTION
1. BATTERY
2. ENGINE GROUND
C: NOTE
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2. ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
D: PREPARATION TOOL
4. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
1. ENGINE
5. Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
6. Engine Condition Data
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
7. Data Link Connector
A: NOTE
8. General Scan Tool
A: OPERATION
1. HOW TO USE GENERAL SCAN TOOL
2. MODE $01 (CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA)
3. MODE $02 (POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA)
4. MODE $03 (EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DTC)
5. MODE $04 (CLEAR/RESET EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION)
6. MODE $06
7. MODE $07
8. MODE $09
9. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. HOW TO USE THE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)
3. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
4. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)
5. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
6. READ FREEZE FRAME DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
7. V.I.N. REGISTRATION
10. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL MODE)
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD MODE)
3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL
11. Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
1. PREPARATION FOR THE INSPECTION MODE
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL
12. Drive Cycle
A: PROCEDURE
1. PREPARATION FOR DRIVE CYCLE
2. DRIVE CYCLE A - DRIVE THE VEHICLE WITH 80 KM/H (50 MPH) FOR 20 MINUTES, AND THEN IDLE THE ENGINE FOR A MINUTE.
3. DRIVE CYCLE B - 10 MINUTES IDLING
4. DRIVE CYCLE C - DRIVE THE VEHICLE WITH FOLLOWING DRIVE PATTERNS
5. DRIVE CYCLE D
DRIFT DIAGNOSIS
STUCK DIAGNOSIS
6. DRIVE CYCLE E
7. DRIVE CYCLE F
8. DRIVE CYCLE H
13. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL MODE)
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD MODE)
3. GENERAL SCAN TOOL
14. Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode
A: OPERATION
15. System Operation Check Mode
A: OPERATION
1. FUEL PUMP CONTROL (OFF OPERATION)
2. FUEL PUMP CONTROL (ON/OFF OPERATION)
3. IDLING IGNITION TIMING FIXED
4. IDLE SPEED CONTROL
5. INJECTOR CONTROL (INJECTION STOP MODE)
6. INJECTOR CONTROL (INJECTION QUANTITY CONTROL)
7. EGR VALVE CONTROL
16. Malfunction Indicator Light
A: PROCEDURE
B: ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
C: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON
D: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF
E: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT BLINK
F: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT REMAINS BLINKING
17. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
A: PROCEDURE
B: STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT
C: CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)
D: IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM
E: FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
F: FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
18. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
19. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC P0011 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
B: DTC P0016 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION (BANK1)
C: DTC P0018 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION (BANK2)
D: DTC P0021 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 2)
E: DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
F: DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE (BANK 2)
G: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
H: DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
I: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
J: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
K: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
L: DTC P0050 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
M: DTC P0051 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
N: DTC P0052 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
O: DTC P0057 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
P: DTC P0058 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
Q: DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION
R: DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
S: DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
T: DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
U: DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
V: DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
W: DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
X: DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
Y: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
Z: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
AA: DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
AB: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
AC: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
AD: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW
AE: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH
AF: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT LOW
AG: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
AH: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL
AI: DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION
AJ: DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE)
AK: DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AL: DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AM: DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AN: DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
AO: DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AP: DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AQ: DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AR: DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
AS: DTC P0151 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
AT: DTC P0152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
AU: DTC P0153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
AV: DTC P0154 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
AW: DTC P0157 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
AX: DTC P0158 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
AY: DTC P0159 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
AZ: DTC P0160 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
BA: DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)
BB: DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)
BC: DTC P0174 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 2)
BD: DTC P0175 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 2)
BE: DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
BF: DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
BG: DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
BH: DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
BI: DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW
BJ: DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH
BK: DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW
BL: DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT HIGH
BM: DTC P0230 FUEL PUMP PRIMARY CIRCUIT
BN: DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED
BO: DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED
BP: DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED
BQ: DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED
BR: DTC P0305 CYLINDER 5 MISFIRE DETECTED
BS: DTC P0306 CYLINDER 6 MISFIRE DETECTED
BT: DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
BU: DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
BV: DTC P0332 KNOCK SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
BW: DTC P0333 KNOCK SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
BX: DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT
BY: DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
BZ: DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
CA: DTC P0345 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 2)
CB: DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW
CC: DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1)
CD: DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK)
CE: DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
CF: DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED
CG: DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
CH: DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT
CI: DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT
CJ: DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK)
CK: DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF)
CL: DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
CM: DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
CN: DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
CO: DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW
CP: DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
CQ: DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT
CR: DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR “A”
CS: DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED
CT: DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
CU: DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT
CV: DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK
CW: DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR
CX: DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR
CY: DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE
CZ: DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
DA: DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)
DB: DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
DC: DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
DD: DTC P1154 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
DE: DTC P1155 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
DF: DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE
DG: DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
DH: DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
DI: DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM
DJ: DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
DK: DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
DL: DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
DM: DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
DN: DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
DO: DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
DP: DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
DQ: DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
DR: DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
DS: DTC P1602 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR
DT: DTC P2088 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
DU: DTC P2089 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
DV: DTC P2092 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
DW: DTC P2093 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
DX: DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1
DY: DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
DZ: DTC P2098 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 2
EA: DTC P2099 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 2
EB: DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
EC: DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW
ED: DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH
EE: DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR “A” MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE
EF: DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
EG: DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
EH: DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
EI: DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
EJ: DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A”/“B” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
EK: DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D”/“E” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
EL: DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
EM: DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW
EN: DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH
20. Diagnostic Procedure without Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: CHECK SI-DRIVE (SUBARU Intelligent Drive) SYSTEM
1. EVEN WHEN THE SI-DRIVE MODE IS CHANGED, THE MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY DOES NOT CHANGE, AND THE MODE DOES NOT SWITCH.
2. WHEN THE SI-DRIVE MODE IS CHANGED, “MODE CHANGE ERROR” APPEARS IN THE MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY APPROXIMATELY 5 SECONDS LATER.
3. WHEN THE SI-DRIVE MODE IS CHANGED, “MODE CHANGE ERROR” IS NOT DISPLAYED IN MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY, AND “S#”, “I”, “S” FLASHES.
21. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION GD(H6DO)
1. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
2. Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria
A: DTC P0011 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
B: DTC P0016 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION (BANK1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
C: DTC P0018 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION (BANK2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
D: DTC P0021 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
E: DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
. Normal
. Low NG
. High NG
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
F: DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
G: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
H: DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
I: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
J: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
K: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
L: DTC P0050 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
M: DTC P0051 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
N: DTC P0052 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
O: DTC P0057 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
P: DTC P0058 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Q: DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
R: DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
S: DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
T: DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
U: DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
V: DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
W: DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
X: DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
Y: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
Z: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AA: DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AB: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AC: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AD: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AE: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AF: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AG: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AH: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AI: DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AJ: DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AK: DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AL: DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AM: DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AN: DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AO: DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AP: DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AQ: DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic method
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
10. ENABLE CONDITION
11. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
12. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
13. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
14. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
15. FAIL SAFE
16. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AR: DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION (USED ONLY FOR MALFUNCTION JUDGMENT)
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
AS: DTC P0151 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AT: DTC P0152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AU: DTC P0153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AV: DTC P0154 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AW: DTC P0157 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AX: DTC P0158 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AY: DTC P0159 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
AZ: DTC P0160 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 2 SENSOR 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BA: DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic method
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BB: DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic method
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BC: DTC P0174 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BD: DTC P0175 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BE: DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
Drift Diagnosis
Stuck Diagnosis
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
DRIFT DIAGNOSIS
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
10. ENABLE CONDITION
Stuck Diagnosis
11. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
12. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
13. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
14. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
15. FAIL SAFE
16. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BF: DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BG: DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BH: DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BI: DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BJ: DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BK: DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BL: DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BM: DTC P0230 FUEL PUMP PRIMARY CIRCUIT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BN: DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
120˚ Interval Difference Method
360˚ Interval Difference Method
720˚ Interval Difference Method
. FTP 1.5 times misfire (Misfire occurrence level which influences exhaust gas)
. Catalyst damage misfire (Misfire occurrence level damaging catalyst)
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BO: DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BP: DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BQ: DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BR: DTC P0305 CYLINDER 5 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BS: DTC P0306 CYLINDER 6 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BT: DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BU: DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BV: DTC P0332 KNOCK SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BW: DTC P0333 KNOCK SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
BX: DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BY: DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
BZ: DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment 1
. Normality Judgement 1
. Abnormality Judgment 2
. Normality Judgement 2
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CA: DTC P0345 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CB: DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CC: DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CD: DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
0.04-inch Diagnosis
Mode Table for Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis
0.02-inch Diagnosis
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Pressure control solenoid valve
Valve Operation and Air Flow
Drain valve
3. ENABLE CONDITION
0.04-inch Diagnosis
0.02-inch Diagnosis
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
0.04-inch Diagnosis
0.02-inch Diagnosis
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
Purge control solenoid valve stuck open fault diagnosis
Purge control solenoid valve Open Fixation
Leak Diagnosis
Leak Diagnosis
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CE: DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CF: DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CG: DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CH: DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CI: DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CJ: DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CK: DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
CL: DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CM: DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CN: DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CO: DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CP: DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CQ: DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CR: DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR “A”
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CS: DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CT: DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CU: DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CV: DTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
CW: DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CX: DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CY: DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
CZ: DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DA: DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DB: DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DC: DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DD: DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DE: DTC P1154 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DF: DTC P1155 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DG: DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DH: DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DI: DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DJ: DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DK: DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DL: DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DM: DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DN: DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DO: DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DP: DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DQ: DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DR: DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DS: DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
DT: DTC P1570 ANTENNA
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DU: DTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DV: DTC P1572 IMM CIRCUIT FAILURE (EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DW: DTC P1574 KEY COMMUNICATION FAILURE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DX: DTC P1576 EGI CONTROL MODULE EEPROM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DY: DTC P1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPROM
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
DZ: DTC P1578 METER FAILURE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
EA: DTC P1602 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Exhaust gas temperature diagnosis
. Idle speed diagnosis
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EB: DTC P2088 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EC: DTC P2089 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. ENABLE CONDITION
3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
7. FAIL SAFE
8. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
ED: DTC P2092 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
EE: DTC P2093 INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
EF: DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EG: DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EH: DTC P2098 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 2
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
EI: DTC P2099 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 2
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
EJ: DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EK: DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EL: DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EM: DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR “A” MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EN: DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EO: DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EP: DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EQ: DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
ER: DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A”/“B” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
ES: DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D”/“E” VOLTAGE CORRELATION
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
ET: DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EU: DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
EV: DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH
1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
3. ENABLE CONDITION
4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE
5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
. Abnormality Judgment
. Normality Judgment
6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION
7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITIONS
8. FAIL SAFE
9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING
TRANSMISSION SECTION
CONTROL SYSTEMS CS
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. AT SELECT LEVER
2. 5MT GEAR SHIFT LEVER
3. 6MT GEAR SHIFT LEVER
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
D: CAUTION
2. AT Shift Lock Control System
A: LOCATION
B: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
C: WIRING DIAGRAM
D: INSPECTION
1. SHIFT LOCK OPERATION
2. BODY INTEGRATED UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
3. SELECT LEVER CANNOT BE LOCKED
4. SHIFT LOCK OF SELECT LEVER CANNOT BE RELEASED
5. KEY INTERLOCK CANNOT BE LOCKED OR RELEASED
3. Select Lever
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
4. Select Cable
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
5. Paddle Shift Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. AT Shift Lock Solenoid and “P” Range Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Body Integrated Unit
A: NOTE
8. MT Gear Shift Lever
A: REMOVAL
1. 5MT MODEL
2. 6MT MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
1. 5MT MODEL
2. 6MT MODEL
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. 5MT MODEL
2. 6MT MODEL
D: ASSEMBLY
1. 5MT MODEL
2. 6MT MODEL
E: INSPECTION
1. 5MT MODEL
2. 6MT MODEL
9. Reverse Check Cable
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
10. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 4AT
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
1. TORQUE CONVERTER
2. OIL PUMP
3. TRANSMISSION CONTROL ELEMENT
4. TRANSMISSION GEAR RATIO
5. PLANETARY GEAR AND PLATE
6. SELECTOR POSITION
7. HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND LUBRICATION
8. COOLING AND HARNESS
9. TRANSFER
10. FINAL REDUCTION GEAR
11. RECOMMENDED GEAR OIL
B: COMPONENT
1. TORQUE CONVERTER AND CASE
2. OIL PUMP
3. TRANSMISSION CASE AND CONTROL DEVICE
4. CONTROL VALVE AND HARNESS ROUTING
5. HIGH CLUTCH AND REVERSE CLUTCH
6. PLANETARY GEAR AND 2-4 BRAKE
7. LOW CLUTCH AND LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
8. REDUCTION GEAR
MP-T model
VTD model
9. DIFFERENTIAL GEAR
10. TRANSFER AND EXTENSION CASE
MP-T model
VTD model
11. TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Automatic Transmission Fluid
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
C: CONDITION CHECK
3. Differential Gear Oil
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
4. Road Test
A: INSPECTION
1. GENERAL PRECAUTION
2. D RANGE SHIFT FUNCTION
3. D RANGE SHIFT SHOCK
4. KICK-DOWN FUNCTION
5. ENGINE BRAKE OPERATION
6. LOCK-UP FUNCTION
7. P RANGE OPERATION
8. NOISE AND VIBRATION
9. TRANSFER CLUTCH
10. OIL LEAKAGE
5. Stall Test
A: INSPECTION
6. Time Lag Test
A: INSPECTION
7. Line Pressure Test
A: MEASUREMENT
8. Transfer Clutch Pressure Test
A: INSPECTION
9. Automatic Transmission Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
10. Transmission Mounting System
A: REMOVAL
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. TRANSMISSION REAR CROSSMEMBER AND REAR CUSHION RUBBER
B: INSTALLATION
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. TRANSMISSION REAR CROSSMEMBER AND REAR CUSHION RUBBER
C: INSPECTION
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. TRANSMISSION REAR CROSSMEMBER AND REAR CUSHION RUBBER
11. Extension Case Oil Seal
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
12. Differential Side Retainer Oil Seal
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
13. Inhibitor Switch
A: INSPECTION
B: ADJUSTMENT
C: REMOVAL
D: INSTALLATION
14. Front Vehicle Speed Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
15. Rear Vehicle Speed Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
16. Torque Converter Turbine Speed Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
17. Control Valve Strainer
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
18. Control Valve Body
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
19. Air Bleeding of Control Valve
A: GENERAL DESCRIPTION
B: PROCEDURE
1. PREPARATION FOR AIR BLEEDING
2. AIR BLEEDING
20. ATF Filter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
21. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
22. ATF Cooler Pipe and Hose
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
23. Air Breather Hose
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
24. Oil Charge Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
25. Torque Converter Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
26. Extension Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. MP-T MODEL
2. VTD MODEL
D: ASSEMBLY
1. MP-T MODEL
2. VTD MODEL
E: INSPECTION
27. Transfer Clutch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
1. MP-T MODEL
2. VTD MODEL
28. Multi-plate Clutch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
29. Rear Drive Shaft
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
30. Reduction Driven Gear
A: REMOVAL
1. MP-T MODEL
2. VTD MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
1. MP-T MODEL
2. VTD MODEL
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
31. Reduction Drive Gear
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
32. Center Differential Carrier
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
33. Parking Pawl
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
34. Converter Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
35. Oil Pump Housing
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. OIL PUMP COVER
2. OIL SEAL RETAINER
D: ASSEMBLY
1. OIL PUMP COVER
2. OIL SEAL RETAINER
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
36. Drive Pinion Shaft Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
37. Front Differential Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. DIFFERENTIAL CASE ASSEMBLY
2. SIDE RETAINER
D: ASSEMBLY
1. DIFFERENTIAL CASE ASSEMBLY
2. SIDE RETAINER
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
38. AT Main Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. HIGH CLUTCH AND REVERSE CLUTCH
2. PLANETARY GEAR AND LOW CLUTCH
3. 2-4 BRAKE
4. ONE-WAY CLUTCH INNER RACE
5. ONE-WAY CLUTCH OUTER RACE
D: ASSEMBLY
1. HIGH CLUTCH AND REVERSE CLUTCH
2. PLANETARY GEAR AND LOW CLUTCH
3. 2-4 BRAKE
4. ONE-WAY CLUTCH INNER RACE
5. ONE-WAY CLUTCH OUTER RACE
E: INSPECTION
1. HIGH CLUTCH AND REVERSE CLUTCH
2. PLANETARY GEAR AND LOW CLUTCH
3. 2-4 BRAKE
4. ONE-WAY CLUTCH
5. LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
39. Transmission Control Device
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (DIAGNOSTICS) 4AT(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
2. Check List for Interview
A: CHECK
3. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: INSPECTION
1. BATTERY
2. TRANSMISSION GROUND
3. ATF LEVEL
4. FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL LEVEL
5. OPERATION OF SELECT LEVER
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
4. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
1. CONTROL MODULE
2. SENSOR
3. SOLENOID
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
6. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
2. READ CURRENT DATA
3. CLEAR MEMORY MODE
4. FACILITATION OF LEARNING CONTROL
7. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
8. Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
9. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
10. AT Oil Temp Warning Light Display
A: OPERATION
B: INSPECTION
11. Diagnostic Procedure for Subaru Select Monitor Communication
A: COMMUNICATION FOR INITIALIZING IMPOSSIBLE
12. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
13. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR CIRCUIT (PRNDL INPUT)
B: DTC P0712 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
C: DTC P0713 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
D: DTC P0715 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
E: DTC P0719 BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW
F: DTC P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
G: DTC P0724 BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH
H: DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT
I: DTC P0731 GEAR 1 INCORRECT RATIO
J: DTC P0732 GEAR 2 INCORRECT RATIO
K: DTC P0733 GEAR 3 INCORRECT RATIO
L: DTC P0734 GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO
M: DTC P0736 REVERSE INCORRECT RATIO
N: DTC P0741 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE OR STUCK OFF
O: DTC P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL
P: DTC P0748 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID “A” ELECTRICAL
Q: DTC P0753 SHIFT SOLENOID “A” ELECTRICAL
R: DTC P0758 SHIFT SOLENOID “B” ELECTRICAL
S: DTC P0763 SHIFT SOLENOID “C” ELECTRICAL
T: DTC P0768 SHIFT SOLENOID “D” ELECTRICAL
U: DTC P0801 REVERSE INHIBIT CONTROL CIRCUIT
V: DTC P1706 AT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (REAR WHEEL)
W: DTC P1707 AT AWD SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
X: DTC P1718 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Y: DTC P1817 SPORT MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT
14. Diagnostic Procedure without Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: CHECK FWD SWITCH
B: CHECK SPORT SHIFT SWITCH
C: CHECK SPORT SHIFT INDICATOR
D: CHECK BUZZER
15. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5AT
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
1. TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
2. OIL PUMP
3. TRANSMISSION CONTROL ELEMENT
4. TRANSMISSION GEAR RATIO
5. PLANETARY GEAR AND PLATE
6. SELECTOR POSITION
7. HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND LUBRICATION
8. COOLING AND HARNESS
9. TRANSFER
10. FINAL REDUCTION GEAR
11. RECOMMENDED GEAR OIL
B: COMPONENT
1. TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH & TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
2. OIL PUMP & FRONT BRAKE
3. FRONT PLANETARY CARRIER AND MIDDLE & REAR PLANETARY CARRIER
4. DIRECT CLUTCH AND HIGH & LOW REVERSE CLUTCH
5. REVERSE BRAKE
6. SHORT AT ASSEMBLY
7. CONTROL VALVE & TRANSMISSION HARNESS
8. DIFFERENTIAL GEAR
9. TRANSFER CASE, EXTENSION CASE & REDUCTION GEAR
10. TRANSMISSION CONTROL DEVICE & PARKING SUPPORT
11. TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
12. TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Automatic Transmission Fluid
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
C: CONDITION CHECK
3. Differential Gear Oil
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
4. Road Test
A: INSPECTION
1. GENERAL PRECAUTION
2. D RANGE SHIFT FUNCTION
3. D RANGE SHIFT SHOCK
4. KICK-DOWN FUNCTION
5. ENGINE BRAKE OPERATION
6. LOCK-UP FUNCTION
7. P RANGE OPERATION
8. NOISE AND VIBRATION
9. OIL LEAKAGE
5. Stall Test
A: INSPECTION
6. Time Lag Test
A: INSPECTION
7. Line Pressure Test
A: MEASUREMENT
8. Transfer Clutch Pressure Test
A: INSPECTION
9. Automatic Transmission Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
10. Transmission Mounting System
A: REMOVAL
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. TRANSMISSION REAR CROSSMEMBER & REAR CUSHION RUBBER
B: INSTALLATION
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. TRANSMISSION REAR CROSSMEMBER & REAR CUSHION RUBBER
C: INSPECTION
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. TRANSMISSION REAR CROSSMEMBER & REAR CUSHION RUBBER
11. Extension Case Oil Seal
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
12. Differential Side Retainer Oil Seal
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
13. Inhibitor Switch
A: INSPECTION
14. Front Vehicle Speed Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
15. Rear Vehicle Speed Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
16. Turbine Speed Sensor 1
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
17. Control Valve Body
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
18. ATF Filter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
19. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
20. Lateral G Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
21. ATF Cooler Pipe and Hose
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
22. Air Breather Hose
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
23. Oil Charge Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
24. Torque Converter Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
25. Drive Plate
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
26. Extension Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
27. Transfer Clutch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
1. REAR DRIVE SHAFT SHIM SELECTION
2. SELECTION OF DRIVEN PLATE NO. 3
28. Rear Drive Shaft
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
29. Reduction Driven Gear
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
30. Center Differential Carrier
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
31. Parking Pawl
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
32. Converter Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
33. Oil Pump Cover
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. FRONT BRAKE
2. OIL PUMP
D: ASSEMBLY
1. FRONT BRAKE
2. OIL PUMP
E: INSPECTION
1. FRONT BRAKE
2. OIL PUMP
34. Drive Pinion Shaft Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
35. Front Differential Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. DIFFERENTIAL CASE ASSEMBLY
2. SIDE RETAINER
D: ASSEMBLY
1. DIFFERENTIAL CASE ASSEMBLY
2. SIDE RETAINER
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
36. AT Main Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. INPUT CLUTCH PACK ASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
1. INPUT CLUTCH PACK ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. FRONT, MIDDLE & REAR PLANETARY CARRIER ASSEMBLY
2. INPUT CLUTCH
3. HIGH & LOW REVERSE CLUTCH ASSY
4. DIRECT CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
5. REVERSE BRAKE
F: ADJUSTMENT
37. Transmission Control Device
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (DIAGNOSTICS) 5AT(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
2. Check List for Interview
A: CHECK
3. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: INSPECTION
1. BATTERY
2. TRANSMISSION GROUND
3. ATF LEVEL
4. FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL LEVEL
5. OPERATION OF SHIFT SELECT LEVER
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
4. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
1. CONTROL MODULE
2. SENSOR
3. SOLENOID
4. OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
6. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
2. READ CURRENT DATA
3. CLEAR MEMORY MODE
7. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
8. Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
9. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
10. Learning Control
A: GENERAL DESCRIPTION
B: PROCEDURE
1. PREPARATION FOR LEARNING CONTROL
2. SIMPLE LEARNING
3. DRIVING CHECK
11. AT Oil Temp Warning Light Display
A: OPERATION
B: INSPECTION
12. Diagnostic Procedure for Subaru Select Monitor Communication
A: COMMUNICATION FOR INITIALIZING IMPOSSIBLE
13. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
14. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR CIRCUIT (PRNDL INPUT)
B: DTC P0712 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
C: DTC P0713 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
D: DTC P0715 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
E: DTC P0719 BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW
F: DTC P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
G: DTC P0724 BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH
H: DTC P0731 GEAR 1 INCORRECT RATIO
I: DTC P0732 GEAR 2 INCORRECT RATIO
J: DTC P0733 GEAR 3 INCORRECT RATIO
K: DTC P0734 GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO
L: DTC P0735 GEAR 5 INCORRECT RATIO
M: DTC P0736 REVERSE INCORRECT RATIO
N: DTC P0741 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE OR STUCK OFF
O: DTC P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL
P: DTC P0748 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID “A” ELECTRICAL
Q: DTC P0751 SHIFT SOLENOID “A” PERFORMANCE OR STUCK OFF
R: DTC P0753 SHIFT SOLENOID “A” ELECTRICAL
S: DTC P0756 SHIFT SOLENOID “B” PERFORMANCE OR STUCK OFF
T: DTC P0758 SHIFT SOLENOID “B” ELECTRICAL
U: DTC P0761 SHIFT SOLENOID “C” PERFORMANCE OR STUCK OFF
V: DTC P0763 SHIFT SOLENOID “C” ELECTRICAL
W: DTC P0766 SHIFT SOLENOID “D” PERFORMANCE OR STUCK OFF
X: DTC P0768 SHIFT SOLENOID “D” ELECTRICAL
Y: DTC P0771 SHIFT SOLENOID “E” PERFORMANCE OR STUCK OFF
Z: DTC P0773 SHIFT SOLENOID “E” ELECTRICAL
AA: DTC P0801 REVERSE INHIBIT CONTROL CIRCUIT
AB: DTC P0817 STARTER DISABLE CIRCUIT
AC: DTC P0957 BACKUP LIGHT RELAY CIRCUIT LOW
AD: DTC P0958 BACKUP LIGHT RELAY CIRCUIT HIGH
AE: DTC P1706 AT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (REAR WHEEL)
AF: DTC P1707 AT AWD SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
AG: DTC P1710 TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE 2 SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT 2 MALFUNCTION
AH: DTC P1718 AT CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
AI: DTC P1760 LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR PERFORMANCE PROBLEM
AJ: DTC P1761 LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
AK: DTC P1762 LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
AL: DTC P1817 SPORT MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT (MANUAL SWITCH)
AM: DTC P1840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR/SWITCH A CIRCUIT
AN: DTC P1841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR/SWITCH B CIRCUIT
AO: DTC P1842 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR/SWITCH C CIRCUIT
AP: DTC P1843 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR/SWITCH D CIRCUIT
AQ: DTC P1844 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR/SWITCH E CIRCUIT
15. Diagnostic Procedure without Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH
B: CHECK SPORT SHIFT INDICATOR LIGHT
C: CHECK BUZZER
16. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL 5MT
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
1. MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
2. TRANSMISSION GEAR OIL
3. TRANSMISSION CASE ASSEMBLY
4. DRIVE PINION ASSEMBLY
5. REVERSE IDLER GEAR
6. SHIFTER FORK AND ROD
7. TRANSFER CASE
8. EXTENSION ASSEMBLY
9. FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
10. TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
B: COMPONENT
1. TRANSMISSION CASE
2. DRIVE PINION ASSEMBLY
3. MAIN SHAFT FOR SINGLE-RANGE
4. SHIFTER FORK AND SHIFTER ROD
5. TRANSFER CASE AND EXTENSION
6. FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
7. TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Transmission Gear Oil
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
3. Manual Transmission Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
4. Transmission Mounting System
A: REMOVAL
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. CROSSMEMBER AND CUSHION RUBBER
B: INSTALLATION
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. CROSSMEMBERAND CUSHION RUBBER
C: INSPECTION
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. CROSSMEMBER AND CUSHION RUBBER
5. Oil Seal
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
6. Differential Side Retainer Oil Seal
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
7. Switches and Harness
A: REMOVAL
1. BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH & NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
B: INSTALLATION
1. BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH & NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
C: INSPECTION
1. BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
2. NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
8. Preparation for Overhaul
A: PROCEDURE
9. Transfer Case and Extension Case Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. TRANSFER CASE
2. EXTENSION CASE
D: ASSEMBLY
1. EXTENSION CASE
2. TRANSFER CASE
10. Transfer Drive Gear
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
11. Transfer Driven Gear
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
12. Center Differential
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
13. Reverse Check Sleeve
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
1. NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT
2. REVERSE CHECK PLATE ADJUSTMENT
14. Transmission Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
15. Main Shaft Assembly for Single-range
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
16. Drive Pinion Shaft Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
1. THRUST BEARING PRELOAD
17. Front Differential Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. DIFFERENTIAL CASE ASSEMBLY
2. SIDE RETAINER
D: ASSEMBLY
1. DIFFERENTIAL CASE ASSEMBLY
2. SIDE RETAINER
E: INSPECTION
1. BEVEL PINION GEAR BACKLASH
2. HYPOID GEAR BACKLASH
3. TOOTH CONTACT OF HYPOID GEAR
F: ADJUSTMENT
1. BEVEL PINION GEAR BACKLASH
2. HYPOID GEAR BACKLASH
3. TOOTH CONTACT OF HYPOID GEAR
18. Reverse Idler Gear
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
19. Shifter Fork and Rod
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
20. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
1. MANUAL TRANSMISSION
2. DIFFERENTIAL
MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL 6MT
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
1. MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
2. TRANSMISSION GEAR OIL
B: COMPONENT
1. CLUTCH HOUSING
2. ADAPTER PLATE
3. TRANSMISSION CASE
4. OIL PAN & OIL GUIDE
5. EXTENSION CASE AND CENTER DIFFERENTIAL
6. SHIFTER FORK AND FORK ROD
7. MAIN SHAFT ASSEMBLY
8. DRIVE PINION AND DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY
9. REVERSE IDLER GEAR ASSEMBLY
10. FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
11. TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Transmission Gear Oil
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
3. Oil Seal
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
4. Differential Side Retainer Oil Seal
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
5. Transmission Mounting System
A: REMOVAL
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. CROSSMEMBER AND CUSHION RUBBER
B: INSTALLATION
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. CROSSMEMBER AND CUSHION RUBBER
C: INSPECTION
1. PITCHING STOPPER
2. CROSSMEMBER AND CUSHION RUBBER
6. Manual Transmission Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
7. Preparation for Overhaul
A: PROCEDURE
8. Air Breather Hose
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. Back-up Light Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
10. Neutral Position Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Extension Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
1. TRANSFER DRIVEN GEAR BEARING THRUST WASHER ADJUSTMENT
2. TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR THRUST WASHER SELECTION
12. Reverse Check System
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
13. Transfer Drive Gear
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
14. Transfer Driven Gear
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
15. Center Differential
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
16. Transmission Case
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
17. Main Shaft Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
1. MAIN SHAFT SNAP RING & WASHER SELECTION
18. Driven Gear Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
19. Reverse Idler Gear Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
20. Drive Pinion Shaft Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
21. Front Differential Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. DIFFERENTIAL CASE
2. SIDE RETAINER
D: ASSEMBLY
1. DIFFERENTIAL CASE
2. SIDE RETAINER
E: INSPECTION
1. BEVEL PINION GEAR BACKLASH
2. HYPOID GEAR BACKLASH
3. TOOTH CONTACT OF HYPOID GEAR
F: ADJUSTMENT
1. BEVEL PINION GEAR BACKLASH
2. HYPOID GEAR BACKLASH
3. TOOTH CONTACT OF HYPOID GEAR
22. Shifter Fork and Rod
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. REVERSE SHIFTER FORK
2. 1ST-2ND, 3RD-4TH SHIFTER FORK
3. 5TH-6TH SHIFTER FORK
4. SHIFTER ARM SHAFT
5. STRIKING ROD
D: ASSEMBLY
1. REVERSE SHIFTER FORK
2. 1ST-2ND, 3RD-4TH SHIFTER FORK
3. 5TH-6TH SHIFTER FORK
4. SHIFTER ARM SHAFT
5. STRIKING ROD
E: INSPECTION
F: ADJUSTMENT
1. 1ST-2ND FORK ROD SELECTION
2. 3RD-4TH FORK ROD SELECTION
3. 5TH-6TH FORK ROD SELECTION
4. REVERSE FORK ROD SELECTION
23. Clutch Housing
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
24. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
1. MANUAL TRANSMISSION
2. DIFFERENTIAL
CLUTCH SYSTEM CL
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
2. CLUTCH PIPE AND HOSE
3. MASTER CYLINDER
4. OPERATING CYLINDER
5. CLUTCH PEDAL
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Clutch Disc and Cover
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. CLUTCH DISC
2. CLUTCH COVER
3. Flywheel
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Release Bearing and Lever
A: REMOVAL
1. 5MT MODEL
2. 6MT MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
1. 5MT MODEL
2. 6MT MODEL
C: INSPECTION
1. RELEASE BEARING
2. RELEASE LEVER
5. Operating Cylinder
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
1. 5MT MODEL
2. 6MT MODEL
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
6. Master Cylinder
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
7. Clutch Pipe and Hose
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
8. Clutch Fluid
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
9. Clutch Fluid Air Bleeding
A: PROCEDURE
1. 5MT MODEL
2. 6MT MODEL
10. Clutch Pedal
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. CLUTCH PEDAL
F: ADJUSTMENT
11. Clutch Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
1. CLUTCH SWITCH (WITH CRUISE CONTROL)
2. CLUTCH SWITCH (CLUTCH START)
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
12. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
1. CLUTCH
2. CLUTCH PEDAL
3. DIAGNOSTIC DIAGRAM OF CLUTCH DRAG
CHASSIS SECTION
FRONT SUSPENSION FS
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Wheel Alignment
A: INSPECTION
1. WHEEL ARCH HEIGHT
2. CAMBER
. INSPECTION
. FRONT CAMBER ADJUSTMENT
3. CASTER
INSPECTION
4. STEERING ANGLE
. INSPECTION
. ADJUSTMENT
5. FRONT WHEEL TOE-IN
. INSPECTION
. ADJUSTMENT
6. REAR WHEEL TOE-IN
. INSPECTION
. ADJUSTMENT
7. THRUST ANGLE
. INSPECTION
. ADJUSTMENT
3. Front Crossmember Support Plate
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
4. Front Stabilizer
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Front Ball Joint
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Front Arm
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. FRONT BUSHING
2. REAR BUSHING
D: ASSEMBLY
1. FRONT BUSHING
2. REAR BUSHING
E: INSPECTION
7. Front Strut
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. DAMPER STRUT
2. STRUT MOUNT
3. DUST COVER
4. COIL SPRING
5. HELPER
F: DISPOSAL
1. EXCEPT FOR BILSTEIN STRUT
2. BILSTEIN STRUT
8. Front Crossmember
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
1. IMPROPER VEHICLE POSTURE OR IMPROPER WHEEL ARCH HEIGHT
2. POOR RIDE COMFORT
3. NOISE
REAR SUSPENSION RS
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. REAR SUSPENSION
2. SHOCK ABSORBER
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Wheel Alignment
A: INSPECTION
3. Rear Stabilizer
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Rear Arm
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. FRONT BUSHING
2. REAR BUSHING
D: ASSEMBLY
1. FRONT BUSHING
2. REAR BUSHING
E: INSPECTION
5. Upper Link
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
6. Rear Shock Absorber
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
F: DISPOSAL
7. Front Link
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
8. Rear Link
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
9. Sub Frame Support Arm
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
10. Rear Sub Frame
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Helper
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
12. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
1. IMPROPER VEHICLE POSTURE OR IMPROPER WHEEL ARCH HEIGHT
2. POOR RIDE COMFORT
3. NOISE
WHEEL AND TIRE SYSTEM WT
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
1. WHEEL AND TIRE SIZE
2. SERVICE DATA
3. ADJUSTING PARTS
B: COMPONENT
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. GENERAL TOOL
2. Tire
A: INSPECTION
1. TIRE ROTATION
3. Steel Wheel
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Aluminum Wheel
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: CAUTION
5. Wheel Balancing
A: ADJUSTMENT
6. “T-type” Tire
A: NOTE
B: REPLACEMENT
C: INSPECTION
7. Tire Pressure Monitoring System
A: REMOVAL
1. TRANSMITTER (CLAMP IN TYPE)
2. TRANSMITTER (SNAP IN TYPE)
3. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING CONTROL MODULE
B: INSTALLATION
1. TRANSMITTER (CLAMP IN TYPE)
2. TRANSMITTER (SNAP IN TYPE)
3. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING CONTROL MODULE
C: ADJUSTMENT
8. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS) TPM(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
2. General Description
A: CAUTION
1. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM “AIRBAG”
2. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING CONTROL MODULE
B: INSPECTION
1. TIRE
2. BATTERY
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
3. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
4. Control Module I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
B: WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
2. DATA DISPLAY
3. CLEAR MEMORY
4. REGISTER TRANSMITTER ID
5. DISPLAY TRANSMITTER (ID).
B: INSPECTION
1. COMMUNICATION FOR INITIALIZING IMPOSSIBLE
2. WITHOUT DTC
6. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
7. Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
8. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
9. Tire Pressure Warning Light / Trouble Indicator Light Illumination Pattern
A: INSPECTION
B: TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON
C: TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME OFF
D: TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT IS 25 TIMES BLINKING AND TURN ON
10. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
11. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC 11 TIRE 1 AIR PRESSURE DECREASE
B: DTC 12 TIRE 2 AIR PRESSURE DECREASE
C: DTC 13 TIRE 3 AIR PRESSURE DECREASE
D: DTC 14 TIRE 4 AIR PRESSURE DECREASE
E: DTC 21 TRANSMITTER 1 NO DATA
F: DTC 22 TRANSMITTER 2 NO DATA
G: DTC 23 TRANSMITTER 3 NO DATA
H: DTC 24 TRANSMITTER 4 NO DATA
I: DTC 31 TRANSMITTER 1 PRESSURE DATA ABNORMAL
J: DTC 32 TRANSMITTER 2 PRESSURE DATA ABNORMAL
K: DTC 33 TRANSMITTER 3 PRESSURE DATA ABNORMAL
L: DTC 34 TRANSMITTER 4 PRESSURE DATA ABNORMAL
M: DTC 41 TRANSMITTER 1 FUNCTION CODE ABNORMAL
N: DTC 42 TRANSMITTER 2 FUNCTION CODE ABNORMAL
O: DTC 43 TRANSMITTER 3 FUNCTION CODE ABNORMAL
P: DTC 44 TRANSMITTER 4 FUNCTION CODE ABNORMAL
Q: DTC 51 TRANSMITTER 1 BATTERY VOLTAGE DECREASE
R: DTC 52 TRANSMITTER 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE DECREASE
S: DTC 53 TRANSMITTER 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE DECREASE
T: DTC 54 TRANSMITTER 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE DECREASE
U: DTC 61 VEHICLE SPEED IS ABNORMAL
12. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
DIFFERENTIALS DI
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
1. REAR DIFFERENTIAL
2. IDENTIFICATION
3. REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
4. SERVICE DATA
5. ADJUSTING PARTS
B: COMPONENT
1. REAR DIFFERENTIAL WITHOUT LSD (T-TYPE)
2. REAR DIFFERENTIAL WITH LSD (T-TYPE)
3. REAR DIFFERENTIAL (VA1-TYPE)
4. REAR DIFFERENTIAL (VA2-TYPE)
5. REAR DIFFERENTIAL MOUNTING SYSTEM
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Differential Gear Oil
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
3. Front Differential Assembly
A: NOTE
1. AT MODEL
2. MT MODEL
4. Rear Differential (T-type)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
1. EXCEPT FOR GT SPEC. B 6MT MODEL
2. GT SPEC. B 6MT MODEL
E: INSPECTION
1. SIDE GEAR BACKLASH
2. HYPOID DRIVEN GEAR BACKLASH
3. HYPOID DRIVEN GEAR RUNOUT ON ITS BACK SURFACE
4. TOOTH CONTACT BETWEEN HYPOID DRIVEN GEAR AND DRIVE PINION
5. TOTAL PRELOAD
6. COMPANION FLANGE
F: ADJUSTMENT
1. SIDE GEAR BACKLASH
2. HYPOID DRIVEN GEAR BACKLASH
3. TOOTH CONTACT BETWEEN HYPOID DRIVEN GEAR AND DRIVE PINION
4. TOTAL PRELOAD
5. Rear Differential (VA-type)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. VA1-TYPE
2. VA2-TYPE
D: ASSEMBLY
1. VA1-TYPE
2. VA2-TYPE
E: INSPECTION
1. SIDE GEAR BACKLASH
2. HYPOID DRIVEN GEAR BACKLASH
3. TOOTH CONTACT BETWEEN HYPOID DRIVEN GEAR AND DRIVE PINION
4. COMPANION FLANGE
F: ADJUSTMENT
1. SIDE GEAR BACKLASH
2. HYPOID DRIVEN GEAR BACKLASH
3. TOOTH CONTACT BETWEEN HYPOID DRIVEN GEAR AND DRIVE PINION
6. Rear Differential Front Oil Seal
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
7. Rear Differential Side Oil Seal
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
8. Rear Differential Front Member
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
TRANSFER CASE TC
1. General Description
A: NOTE
2. Transfer Case and Extension Case Assembly
A: NOTE
3. Transfer Clutch
A: NOTE
4. Extension Case
A: NOTE
5. Oil Seal
A: NOTE
6. Transfer Drive Gear
A: NOTE
7. Transfer Driven Gear
A: NOTE
8. Reduction Drive Gear
A: NOTE
9. Center Differential Carrier
A: NOTE
10. Reduction Driven Gear
A: NOTE
11. Center Differential
A: NOTE
12. Transfer Clutch Pressure Test
A: NOTE
DRIVE SHAFT SYSTEM DS
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
1. PROPELLER SHAFT
2. FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY
3. REAR DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY
B: COMPONENT
1. PROPELLER SHAFT
2. FRONT AXLE
3. REAR AXLE
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Propeller Shaft
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS
2. SPLINES AND BEARING
3. RUNOUT OF PROPELLER SHAFT
4. CENTER BEARING FREE PLAY
3. Front Axle
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
4. Front Hub Unit Bearing
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
5. Rear Hub Unit Bearing
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
6. Front Drive Shaft
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
7. Rear Drive Shaft
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
8. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
ABS ABS
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
2. ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (ABSCM&H/U)
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. ABS Control Module and Hydraulic Control Unit (ABSCM&H/U)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC UNIT ABS OPERATION BY PRESSURE GAUGE
2. CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC UNIT ABS OPERATION WITH THE BRAKE TESTER
D: REPLACEMENT
3. ABS Sequence Control
A: OPERATION
1. ABS SEQUENCE CONTROL WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. CONDITIONS FOR ABS SEQUENCE CONTROL
B: SPECIFICATION
1. CONDITIONS FOR COMPLETION OF ABS SEQUENCE CONTROL
4. Front ABS Wheel Speed Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. CHECK WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
5. Rear ABS Wheel Speed Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
6. Front Magnetic Encoder
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Rear Magnetic Encoder
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
8. G Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
ABS (DIAGNOSTICS) ABS(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
2. Check List for Interview
A: CHECK
1. STATE OF ABS WARNING LIGHT
2. STATE OF BRAKE WARNING LIGHT
3. SYMPTOMS
4. CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH TROUBLE OCCURS
3. General Description
A: CAUTION
1. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM “AIRBAG”
B: INSPECTION
1. BATTERY
2. GROUND
3. BRAKE FLUID
4. HYDRAULIC UNIT
5. BRAKE DRAG
6. BRAKE PAD AND ROTOR
7. TIRE
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
4. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
5. Control Module I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
B: WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
2. READ CURRENT DATA
3. CLEAR MEMORY MODE
4. ABS SEQUENCE CONTROL
5. FREEZE FRAME DATA
B: INSPECTION
1. COMMUNICATION FOR INITIALIZING IMPOSSIBLE
2. WITHOUT DTC
7. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
8. Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
9. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
10. ABS Warning Light / Brake Warning Light Illumination Pattern
A: INSPECTION
B: ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON
C: ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF
D: BRAKE WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF
11. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
12. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC C0101 ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION RR SENSOR (BROKEN WIRE, INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH)
B: DTC C0102 ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION RL SENSOR (BROKEN WIRE, INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH)
C: DTC C0103 ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION FR SENSOR (BROKEN WIRE, INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH)
D: DTC C0104 ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION FL SENSOR (BROKEN WIRE, INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH)
E: DTC C0105 REAR ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RH MALFUNCTION (ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ABNORMAL SIGNAL)
F: DTC C0106 REAR ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LH MALFUNCTION (ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ABNORMAL SIGNAL)
G: DTC C0107 FRONT ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RH MALFUNCTION (ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ABNORMAL SIGNAL)
H: DTC C0108 FRONT ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LH MALFUNCTION (ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ABNORMAL SIGNAL)
I: DTC C0115 ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL MALFUNCTION IN ONE OF FOUR WHEELS
J: DTC C0120 FRONT INLET SOLENOID VALVE LH MALFUNCTION IN ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (ABSCM&H/U)
K: DTC C0122 FRONT INLET SOLENOID VALVE RH MALFUNCTION IN ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (ABSCM&H/U)
L: DTC C0124 REAR INLET SOLENOID VALVE LH MALFUNCTION IN ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (ABSCM&H/U)
M: DTC C0126 REAR INLET SOLENOID VALVE RH MALFUNCTION IN ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (ABSCM&H/U)
N: DTC C0121 FRONT OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE LH MALFUNCTION IN ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (ABSCM&H/U)
O: DTC C0123 FRONT OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE RH MALFUNCTION IN ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (ABSCM&H/U)
P: DTC C0125 REAR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE LH MALFUNCTION IN ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (ABSCM&H/U)
Q: DTC C0127 REAR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE RH MALFUNCTION IN ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (ABSCM&H/U)
R: DTC C0110 ABS CONTROL MODULE MALFUNCTION
S: DTC C0109 POWER VOLTAGE MALFUNCTION
T: DTC C0140 CAN COMMUNICATION MALFUNCTION
U: DTC C0114 VALVE RELAY MALFUNCTION
V: DTC C0111 MOTOR/MOTOR RELAY MALFUNCTION
W: DTC C0116 FAULTY STOP LIGHT SWITCH
X: DTC C0118 G SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE MALFUNCTION
Y: DTC C0119 G SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE MALFUNCTION
13. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL (VDC) VDC
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
2. YAW RATE & LATERAL G SENSOR
3. STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
4. VDC CONTROL MODULE & HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (VDCCM&H/U)
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. VDC Control Module and Hydraulic Control Unit (VDCCM&H/U)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC UNIT ABS OPERATION BY PRESSURE GAUGE
2. CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC UNIT ABS OPERATION WITH THE BRAKE TESTER
3. CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC UNIT VDC OPERATION USING A PRESSURE GAUGE
4. CHECK HYDRAULIC UNIT VDC OPERATION WITH BRAKE TESTER
D: REPLACEMENT
E: ADJUSTMENT
3. ABS Sequence Control
A: OPERATION
1. ABS SEQUENCE CONTROL WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. CONDITIONS FOR ABS SEQUENCE CONTROL
B: SPECIFICATION
1. CONDITIONS FOR COMPLETION OF ABS SEQUENCE CONTROL
4. VDC Sequence Control
A: OPERATION
1. VDC SEQUENCE CONTROL WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. CONDITIONS FOR VDC SEQUENCE CONTROL
B: SPECIFICATION
1. CONDITIONS FOR COMPLETION OF VDC SEQUENCE CONTROL
5. Yaw Rate and Lateral G Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. YAW RATE & LATERAL G SENSOR
6. Steering Angle Sensor
A: REPLACEMENT
7. Front ABS Wheel Speed Sensor
A: NOTE
8. Rear ABS Wheel Speed Sensor
A: NOTE
9. Front Magnetic Encoder
A: NOTE
10. Rear Magnetic Encoder
A: NOTE
11. VDC OFF Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL (VDC) (DIAGNOSTICS) VDC(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
2. Check List for Interview
A: CHECK
1. STATE OF ABS WARNING LIGHT
2. STATE OF VDC WARNING LIGHT AND VDC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT
3. STATE OF VDC INDICATOR LIGHT
4. CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH TROUBLE OCCURS
3. General Description
A: CAUTION
1. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM “AIRBAG”
B: INSPECTION
1. BATTERY
2. GROUND
3. BRAKE FLUID
4. HYDRAULIC UNIT
5. BRAKE DRAG
6. BRAKE PAD AND ROTOR
7. TIRE
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
4. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
5. Control Module I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
B: WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
2. READ CURRENT DATA
3. CLEAR MEMORY MODE
4. FUNCTION CHECK
5. FREEZE FRAME DATA
6. PARAMETER SELECTION
7. PARAMETER CHECK
B: INSPECTION
1. COMMUNICATION FOR INITIALIZING IMPOSSIBLE
7. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
8. Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
9. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
10. Warning Light Illumination Pattern
A: INSPECTION
B: VDC WARNING LIGHT, VDC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT AND VDC INDICATOR LIGHT DO NOT COME ON
C: ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON
D: ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF
E: VDC INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF
F: VDC WARNING LIGHT AND VDC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT DO NOT GO OFF
G: BRAKE WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF
11. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
12. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC C0021 FRONT RIGHT ABS SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORT
B: DTC C0023 FRONT LEFT ABS SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORT
C: DTC C0025 REAR RIGHT ABS SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORT
D: DTC C0027 REAR LEFT ABS SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORT
E: DTC C0022 FRONT RIGHT ABS SENSOR SIGNAL
F: DTC C0024 FRONT LEFT ABS SENSOR SIGNAL
G: DTC C0026 REAR RIGHT ABS SENSOR SIGNAL
H: DTC C0028 REAR LEFT ABS SENSOR SIGNAL
I: DTC C0029 ANY OF WHEEL SENSORS SIGNAL
J: DTC C0031 FR HOLD VALVE MALFUNCTION
K: DTC C0032 FR PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE MALFUNCTION
L: DTC C0033 FL HOLD VALVE MALFUNCTION
M: DTC C0034 FL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE MALFUNCTION
N: DTC C0035 RR HOLD VALVE MALFUNCTION
O: DTC C0036 RR PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE MALFUNCTION
P: DTC C0037 RL HOLD VALVE MALFUNCTION
Q: DTC C0038 RL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE MALFUNCTION
R: DTC C0039 ANY ONE OF FOUR SOLENOID VALVES
S: DTC C0061 NORMAL OPENING VALVE 1 MALFUNCTION
T: DTC C0062 NORMAL OPENING VALVE 2 MALFUNCTION
U: DTC C0063 NORMAL CLOSING VALVE 1 MALFUNCTION
V: DTC C0064 NORMAL CLOSING VALVE 2 MALFUNCTION
W: DTC C0041 ECM
X: DTC C0041 PARAMETER SELECTION ERROR
Y: DTC C0042 POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE FAILURE
Z: DTC C0044 TCM COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
AA: DTC C0045 INCORRECT VDC CONTROL MODULE SPECIFICATIONS
AB: DTC C0045 TCM MALFUNCTION
AC: DTC C0047 CAN COMMUNICATION
AD: DTC C0051 VALVE RELAY
AE: DTC C0052 MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY OFF FAILURE
AF: DTC C0052 MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY ON FAILURE
AG: DTC C0052 MOTOR MALFUNCTION
AH: DTC C0054 BLS CIRCUIT OPEN
AI: DTC C0054 BLS ON MALFUNCTION
AJ: DTC C0054 BLS OFF MALFUNCTION
AK: DTC C0057 ECM COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
AL: DTC C0057 ECM CONTROL SYSTEM
AM: DTC C0071 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR OFFSET IS TOO BIG
AN: DTC C0071 CHANGE RANGE OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IS TOO BIG
AO: DTC C0071 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR MALFUNCTION
AP: DTC C0071 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR MALFUNCTION
AQ: DTC C0072 ABNORMAL YAW RATE SENSOR OUTPUT
AR: DTC C0072 VOLTAGE INPUTTED TO YAW RATE SENSOR EXCEEDS SPECIFICATION
AS: DTC C0072 ABNORMAL YAW RATE SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
AT: DTC C0072 CHANGE RANGE OF YAW RATE SENSOR SIGNAL IS TOO BIG
AU: DTC C0073 LATERAL G SENSOR COMMUNICATION
AV: DTC C0072 YAW RATE SENSOR COMMUNICATION
AW: DTC C0073 LATERAL G SENSOR OFFSET IS TOO BIG
AX: DTC C0073 ABNORMAL LATERAL G SENSOR OUTPUT
AY: DTC C0073 EXCESSIVE LATERAL G SENSOR SIGNAL
AZ: DTC C0074 PRESSURE SENSOR
BA: DTC C0081 SYSTEM FAILURE
13. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
BRAKE BR
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. FRONT DISC BRAKE
2. REAR DISC BRAKE
3. MASTER CYLINDER
4. FRONT BRAKE PIPES AND HOSES
5. CENTER AND REAR BRAKE PIPES AND HOSES
6. BRAKE BOOSTER
7. BRAKE PEDAL
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. GENERAL TOOL
2. Front Brake Pad
A: REMOVAL
1. 16-INCH TYPE
2. 17-INCH TYPE
B: INSTALLATION
1. 16-INCH TYPE
2. 17-INCH TYPE
C: INSPECTION
1. 16-INCH TYPE
2. 17-INCH TYPE
3. Front Disc Rotor
A: REMOVAL
1. 16-INCH TYPE
2. 17-INCH TYPE
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Front Disc Brake Assembly
A: REMOVAL
1. 16-INCH TYPE
2. 17-INCH TYPE
B: INSTALLATION
1. 16-INCH TYPE
2. 17-INCH TYPE
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. 16-INCH TYPE
2. 17-INCH TYPE
D: ASSEMBLY
1. 16-INCH TYPE
2. 17-INCH TYPE
E: INSPECTION
5. Rear Brake Pad
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Rear Disc Rotor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Rear Disc Brake Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
8. Master Cylinder
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: REPLACEMENT
D: INSPECTION
9. Brake Booster
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. OPERATION CHECK (WITHOUT GAUGES)
. Check without gauges
. Air tightness check
. Operation check
. Loaded air tightness check
2. OPERATION CHECK (WITH GAUGES)
. Check with gauges
. Air tightness check
. Loaded air tightness check
. Lack of boost action check
. Boosting action check
10. Brake Fluid
A: INSPECTION
B: REPLACEMENT
11. Air Bleeding
A: PROCEDURE
1. MASTER CYLINDER
2. BRAKE LINE
12. Brake Hose
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT BRAKE HOSE
2. REAR BRAKE HOSE
B: INSTALLATION
1. FRONT BRAKE HOSE
2. REAR BRAKE HOSE
C: INSPECTION
13. Brake Pipe
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
14. Brake Pedal
A: REMOVAL
1. MT MODEL
2. AT MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
15. Stop Light Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. CHECK SPECIFIED POSITION
2. CHECK RESISTANCE
D: ADJUSTMENT
16. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
PARKING BRAKE PB
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. PARKING BRAKE (REAR DISC BRAKE)
2. PARKING BRAKE CABLE
C: CAUTION
2. Parking Brake Lever
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
3. Parking Brake Cable
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Parking Brake Assembly (Rear Disc Brake)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
1. SHOE CLEARANCE
2. LEVER STROKE
5. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
POWER ASSISTED SYSTEM (POWER STEERING) PS
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
2. POWER ASSISTED SYSTEM
3. OIL PUMP
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. Steering Wheel
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
3. Universal Joint
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Tilt Steering Column
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. BASIC INSPECTION
2. INSPECTION OF AIRBAG SYSTEM
5. Steering Gearbox
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. RACK HOUSING ASSEMBLY
2. CONTROL VALVE
D: ASSEMBLY
1. RACK HOUSING ASSEMBLY
2. CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
1. BASIC INSPECTION
2. SERVICE LIMIT
3. RACK SHAFT PLAY IN THE RADIAL DIRECTION
4. INPUT SHAFT PLAY
5. TURNING RESISTANCE OF GEARBOX
6. OIL LEAKAGE
F: ADJUSTMENT
6. Pipe Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Oil Pump
A: REMOVAL
1. H4 MODEL
2. H6 MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
1. H4 MODEL
2. H6 MODEL
C: INSPECTION
1. BASIC INSPECTION
2. SERVICE LIMIT
3. HYDRAULIC PRESSURE
8. Reservoir Tank
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. Power Steering Fluid
A: SPECIFICATION
B: INSPECTION
C: REPLACEMENT
10. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
1. NOISE AND VIBRATION
2. MEASUREMENT OF STEERING EFFORT
3. INSPECTION OF CLEARANCE
BODY SECTION
HVAC SYSTEM (HEATER, VENTILATOR AND A/C) AC
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
1. HEATER SYSTEM
2. A/C SYSTEM
B: COMPONENT
1. HEATER COOLING UNIT
2. BLOWER MOTOR UNIT
3. CONTROL PANEL
4. AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
5. COMPRESSOR
6. HEATER DUCT
C: CAUTION
1. HFC-134A A/C SYSTEM
2. COMPRESSOR OIL
3. REFRIGERANT
4. HANDLING OF REFRIGERANT
5. O-RING CONNECTIONS
D: PREPARATION TOOL
2. Refrigerant Pressure with Manifold Gauge Set
A: PROCEDURE
B: INSPECTION
3. Refrigerant Recovery Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
4. Refrigerant Charging Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
5. Refrigerant Leak Check
A: INSPECTION
6. Compressor Oil
A: PROCEDURE
B: REPLACEMENT
7. Blower Motor Unit Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
8. Blower Motor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. Power Transistor (Auto A/C Model)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
10. Blower Resistor (Manual A/C Model)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Heater Core
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
12. Control Panel (Auto A/C Model)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
13. Control Unit (Manual A/C Model)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
14. Control Unit (Auto A/C Model)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
15. Compressor
A: INSPECTION
1. MAGNETIC CLUTCH CLEARANCE
2. MAGNETIC CLUTCH OPERATION
B: REMOVAL
C: INSTALLATION
16. Condenser
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
17. Heater and Cooling Unit
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
18. Evaporator
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
19. Hose and Tube
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
20. Relay and Fuse
A: LOCATION
B: INSPECTION
21. Pressure Switch (Triple Pressure Switch)
A: INSPECTION
22. Actuator
A: REMOVAL
1. MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
2. INTAKE DOOR ACTUATOR
3. AIR MIX DOOR ACTUATOR (AUTO A/C MODEL)
B: INSTALLATION
23. Ambient Sensor (Auto A/C Model)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
24. Sunload Sensor (Auto A/C Model)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
25. In-vehicle Sensor (Auto A/C Model)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
26. Air Vent Grille
A: REMOVAL
1. CENTER GRILLE
2. SIDE GRILLE
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
27. Heater Duct
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT HEATER DUCT
2. REAR HEATER DUCT
B: INSTALLATION
28. Heater Vent Duct
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
29. A/C Filter
A: REPLACEMENT
30. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
HVAC SYSTEM (AUTO A/C) (DIAGNOSTICS) AC(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
2. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: INSPECTION
1. BATTERY
2. ASPIRATOR HOSE
3. A/C LINE
4. CONTROL LINKAGE
5. CONTROL SWITCHES
3. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
1. ENGINE COMPARTMENT
2. PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
4. Auto A/C Control Module I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
B: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. AIR CONDITIONER AUTO A/C MODEL
5. Diagnostic Chart for Self-diagnosis
A: OPERATION
1. A/C CONTROL PANEL SELF-DIAGNOSIS
2. SWITCH CHECK TABLE
3. A/C CONTROL SYSTEM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
4. SENSOR CHECK TABLE
5. OPERATING MODE TABLE
6. Diagnostics for A/C System Malfunction
A: A/C OR SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMS DO NOT OPERATE
B: BLOWER FAN DOES NOT ROTATE
C: COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE DOES NOT CHANGE, OR A/C SYSTEM DOES NOT RESPOND PROMPTLY
7. Diagnostic Procedure for Actuators
A: INTAKE DOOR ACTUATOR
B: MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
C: AIR MIX DOOR ACTUATOR
8. Diagnostic Procedure for Sensors
A: AMBIENT SENSOR
B: IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
C: EVAPORATOR SENSOR
D: SUNLOAD SENSOR
E: A/C LOCK SENSOR
9. Diagnostics with Phenomenon
A: INSPECTION
AIRBAG SYSTEM AB
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
1. DRIVER’S AIRBAG MODULE
2. PASSENGER’S AIRBAG MODULE
3. SIDE AIRBAG MODULE
4. AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
5. FRONT SUB SENSOR
6. SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR
7. CURTAIN AIRBAG SENSOR
8. SATELLITE SAFING SENSOR
9. STEERING ROLL CONNECTOR
10. CURTAIN AIRBAG MODULE
11. AIRBAG HARNESS
B: CAUTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. GENERAL TOOL
2. Airbag Connector
A: PROCEDURE
1. AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
2. DRIVER’S AIRBAG MODULE, PRETENSIONER AND CURTAIN AIRBAG MODULE
3. DRIVER’S AIRBAG (BETWEEN AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS AND ROLL CONNECTOR) AND SIDE AIRBAG
4. SIDE AIRBAG
5. FRONT SUB SENSOR, SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR, CURTAIN AIRBAG SENSOR AND SATELLITE SAFING SENSOR
6. PASSENGER DETECTION SYSTEM (BETWEEN AIRBAG REAR HARNESS AND SEAT HARNESS) AND BELT TENSION SENSOR
3. Inspection Locations After a Collision
A: REPLACEMENT
1. FRONT COLLISION
2. SIDE COLLISION
3. INSPECTION OF OTHER PARTS
B: INSPECTION
1. DRIVER’S AIRBAG MODULE
2. PASSENGER’S AIRBAG MODULE
3. SIDE AIRBAG MODULE
4. CURTAIN AIRBAG MODULE
5. AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
6. FRONT SUB SENSOR
7. SATELLITE SAFING SENSOR, SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR AND CURTAIN AIRBAG SENSOR
8. ROLL CONNECTOR
9. STEERING SHAFT
10. DRIVER’S SEAT
11. PASSENGER’S SEAT
12. BELT TENSION SENSOR
4. Driver’s Airbag Module
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
5. Passenger’s Airbag Module
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Side Airbag Module
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Curtain Airbag Module
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
8. Airbag Control Module
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. Side Airbag Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
10. Curtain Airbag Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Satellite Safing Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
12. Roll Connector
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
D: ADJUSTMENT
13. Front Sub Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
AIRBAG SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS) AB(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
2. Check List for Interview
A: CHECK
3. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: INSPECTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
4. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
5. Airbag Connector
A: PROCEDURE
1. BUCKLE SWITCH
2. DRIVER’S AIRBAG MODULE, PRETENSIONER AND CURTAIN AIRBAG
3. DRIVER’S AIRBAG (BETWEEN AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS AND ROLL CONNECTOR) AND SIDE AIRBAG
4. SIDE AIRBAG
5. FRONT SUB SENSOR, SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR, CURTAIN AIRBAG SENSOR AND SATELLITE SAFING SENSOR
6. Airbag Control Module I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
B: WIRING DIAGRAM
7. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
2. DISPLAY OF STATUS INFORMATION
3. CLEAR MEMORY MODE
B: INSPECTION
1. COMMUNICATION FOR INITIALIZING IMPOSSIBLE
2. WITHOUT DTC
8. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
9. Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
10. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
11. Airbag Warning Light Illumination Pattern
A: INSPECTION
12. Airbag Warning Light Failure
A: AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT REMAINS ON
B: AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT REMAINS OFF
13. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
14. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
A: DTC 11 DRIVER’S AIRBAG FAILURE
B: DTC 12 PASSENGER’S AIRBAG FAILURE
C: DTC 15 DRIVER’S AIRBAG FAILURE
D: DTC 16 PASSENGER’S AIRBAG FAILURE
E: DTC 21 AIRBAG ECM FAILURE
F: DTC 22 FRONT AIRBAG FIRING OUTPUT
G: DTC 26 PASSENGER’S AIRBAG INDICATOR FAILURE
H: DTC 27 ODS COMMUNICATION ERROR
I: DTC 29 ODS FAILURE
J: DTC 2A ODS CALIBRATION ERROR
K: DTC 2B ODS SYSTEM WRONG PARTS
L: DTC 2C BELT TENSION SENSOR FAILURE
M: DTC 33 FRONT SUB SENSOR RH FAILURE
N: DTC 34 FRONT SUB SENSOR LH FAILURE
O: DTC 37 BUCKLE SWITCH RH FAILURE
P: DTC 39 SEAT BELT WARNING FAILURE
Q: DTC 41 SIDE AIRBAG RH FAILURE
R: DTC 42 SIDE AIRBAG LH FAILURE
S: DTC 45 SIDE AIRBAG RH FAILURE
T: DTC 46 SIDE AIRBAG LH FAILURE
U: DTC 51 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH FAILURE
V: DTC 52 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH FAILURE
W: DTC 53 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH FAILURE
X: DTC 54 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH FAILURE
Y: DTC 55 SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG FIRING OUTPUT
Z: DTC 56 CURTAIN AIRBAG SENSOR RH FAILURE
AA: DTC 57 CURTAIN AIRBAG SENSOR LH FAILURE
AB: DTC 58 CURTAIN AIRBAG SENSOR RH FAILURE
AC: DTC 59 CURTAIN AIRBAG SENSOR LH FAILURE
AD: DTC 61 BELT PRETENSIONER RH FAILURE
AE: DTC 62 BELT PRETENSIONER LH FAILURE
AF: DTC 65 BELT PRETENSIONER RH FAILURE
AG: DTC 66 BELT PRETENSIONER LH FAILURE
AH: DTC 71 DRIVER’S AIRBAG FAILURE
AI: DTC 72 PASSENGER’S AIRBAG FAILURE
AJ: DTC 75 DRIVER’S AIRBAG FAILURE
AK: DTC 76 PASSENGER’S AIRBAG FAILURE
AL: DTC 91 CURTAIN AIRBAG MODULE RH FAILURE
AM: DTC 92 CURTAIN AIRBAG MODULE LH FAILURE
AN: DTC 95 CURTAIN AIRBAG MODULE RH FAILURE
AO: DTC 96 CURTAIN AIRBAG MODULE LH FAILURE
AP: DTC E2 FRONT SENSOR BUS RH COMMUNICATION ERROR
AQ: DTC E3 FRONT SENSOR BUS RH COMMUNICATION ERROR
AR: DTC E4 FRONT SENSOR BUS RH COMMUNICATION ERROR
AS: DTC E6 FRONT SENSOR BUS LH COMMUNICATION ERROR
AT: DTC E7 FRONT SENSOR BUS LH COMMUNICATION ERROR
AU: DTC E8 FRONT SENSOR BUS LH COMMUNICATION ERROR
AV: DTC E9 SIDE SENSOR BUS RH COMMUNICATION ERROR
AW: DTC EA SIDE SENSOR BUS RH COMMUNICATION ERROR
AX: DTC EB SIDE SENSOR BUS RH COMMUNICATION ERROR
AY: DTC EC SIDE SENSOR BUS RH COMMUNICATION ERROR
AZ: DTC ED SIDE SENSOR BUS RH COMMUNICATION ERROR
BA: DTC EE SIDE SENSOR BUS RH COMMUNICATION ERROR
BB: DTC F1 SIDE SENSOR BUS LH COMMUNICATION ERROR
BC: DTC F2 SIDE SENSOR BUS LH COMMUNICATION ERROR
BD: DTC F3 SIDE SENSOR BUS LH COMMUNICATION ERROR
BE: DTC F4 SIDE SENSOR BUS LH COMMUNICATION ERROR
BF: DTC F5 SIDE SENSOR BUS LH COMMUNICATION ERROR
BG: DTC F6 SIDE SENSOR BUS LH COMMUNICATION ERROR
BH: DTC F8 SATELLITE SENSOR BUS COMMUNICATION ERROR
BI: DTC F9 SATELLITE SENSOR BUS COMMUNICATION ERROR
BJ: DTC FA SATELLITE SENSOR BUS COMMUNICATION ERROR
BK: DTC 3A FRONT SUB SENSOR RH FALSE INSTALLATION
BL: DTC 3B FRONT SUB SENSOR LH FALSE INSTALLATION
BM: DTC 3C SATELLITE SENSOR BUS FAILURE
BN: DTC 3D SATELLITE SENSOR FALSE INSTALLATION
BO: DTC 5A SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH FALSE INSTALLATION
BP: DTC 5B SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH FALSE INSTALLATION
BQ: DTC 5C CURTAIN AIRBAG SENSOR RH FALSE INSTALLATION
BR: DTC 5D CURTAIN AIRBAG SENSOR LH FALSE INSTALLATION
OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS) OD(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
2. Check List for Interview
A: CHECK
3. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: INSPECTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
4. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
5. Airbag Connector
A: PROCEDURE
1. BUCKLE SWITCH
6. Control Module I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
B: WIRING DIAGRAM
7. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
2. DISPLAY OF STATUS INFORMATION
3. CLEAR MEMORY MODE
4. SYSTEM CALIBRATION (REZEROING)
B: INSPECTION
1. COMMUNICATION FOR INITIALIZING IMPOSSIBLE
2. WITHOUT DTC
8. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
9. Inspection Mode
A: PROCEDURE
10. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
11. Airbag Warning Light Illumination Pattern
A: INSPECTION
12. Passenger’s Airbag ON/OFF Indicator Light Illumination Pattern
A: INSPECTION
13. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
14. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC 2A ODS CALIBRATION ERROR
B: DTC 2B ODS SYSTEM WRONG PARTS
C: DTC 2C BELT TENSION SENSOR FAILURE
D: DTC 27 ODS COMMUNICATION ERROR
E: DTC 29 ODS FAILURE
F: DTC 37 BUCKLE SWITCH RH FAILURE
SEAT BELT SYSTEM SB
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
1. FRONT SEAT BELT
2. REAR SEAT BELT (SEDAN MODEL)
3. REAR SEAT BELT (WAGON MODEL)
B: CAUTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. GENERAL TOOL
2. Pretensioner Connector
A: PROCEDURE
3. Inspection Locations After a Collision
A: INSPECTION
4. Seat Belt Warning System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
5. Front Seat Belt
A: REMOVAL
1. OUTER SEAT BELT ASSEMBLY
2. INNER SEAT BELT ASSEMBLY
B: INSTALLATION
1. OUTER SEAT BELT ASSEMBLY
2. INNER SEAT BELT ASSEMBLY
C: INSPECTION
6. Rear Seat Belt
A: REMOVAL
1. OUTER SEAT BELT RH ASSEMBLY AND LH ASSEMBLY (SEDAN MODEL)
2. SHOULDER SEAT BELT CENTER ASSEMBLY (SEDAN MODEL)
3. CENTER SEAT BELT RH ASSEMBLY AND LH ASSEMBLY (SEDAN MODEL)
4. OUTER SEAT BELT RH ASSEMBLY AND LH ASSEMBLY (WAGON MODEL)
5. SHOULDER SEAT BELT CENTER ASSEMBLY (WAGON MODEL)
6. CENTER SEAT BELT RH ASSEMBLY AND LH ASSEMBLY (WAGON MODEL)
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
LIGHTING SYSTEM LI
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: CAUTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. GENERAL TOOL
2. Headlight and Tail Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. HALOGEN TYPE HEADLIGHT
2. CLEARANCE LIGHT AND ILLUMINATION LIGHT
B: INSPECTION
1. HEADLIGHT SWITCH
2. HEADLIGHT RELAY
3. TAIL AND ILLUMINATION RELAY
3. Day Time Running Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT MODULE CHECK
2. LOW BEAM RELAY
4. Front Fog Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. FRONT FOG LIGHT
B: INSPECTION
1. FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
2. FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY
5. Turn Signal Light and Hazard Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. TURN SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
B: INSPECTION
1. TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
2. HAZARD SWITCH
3. TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD MODULE
6. Back-up Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. BACK-UP LIGHT
B: INSPECTION
1. BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH (MT MODEL)
2. INHIBITOR SWITCH (4AT MODEL)
3. BACK-UP LIGHT RELAY (5AT MODEL)
7. Stop Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. STOP LIGHT
B: INSPECTION
1. STOP LIGHT SWITCH
8. Room Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. ROOM LIGHT
B: INSPECTION
1. DOOR SWITCH
2. REAR GATE LATCH SWITCH
3. TRUNK ROOM LIGHT SWITCH
9. Combination Switch (Light)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. LIGHTING SWITCH
2. DIMMER & PASSING SWITCH
3. TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
4. FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
10. Combination Base Switch Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. COMBINATION BASE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
2. PARKING SWITCH
11. Headlight Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: ADJUSTMENT
1. HEADLIGHT BEAM ADJUSTMENT
12. Headlight Bulb
A: REMOVAL
1. HIGH BEAM AND LOW BEAM
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
13. Front Turn Signal Light Bulb
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
14. Parking Light Bulb
A: SPECIFICATION
15. Front Side Marker Light Bulb
A: SPECIFICATION
16. Front Fog Light Assembly
A: REMOVAL
1. EXCEPT FOR OUTBACK MODEL
2. OUTBACK MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: ADJUSTMENT
1. FOG LIGHT AIMING
17. Front Fog Light Bulb
A: REMOVAL
1. EXCEPT FOR OUTBACK MODEL
2. OUTBACK MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
18. Side Turn Signal Light Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
19. Rear Combination Light Assembly
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
20. Tail/Stop Light Bulb
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
21. Rear Turn Signal Light Bulb
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
22. Rear Side Marker Light Bulb
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
23. Back-up Light Assembly
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
24. Back-up Light Bulb
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
25. License Plate Light Assembly
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
26. License Plate Light
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
27. High-mounted Stop Light
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
28. Spot Map Light
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. SPOT MAP LIGHT BULB
2. SPOT MAP LIGHT SWITCH
29. Room Light
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. ROOM LIGHT BULB
2. ROOM LIGHT SWITCH
30. Luggage Room Light
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. LUGGAGE ROOM LIGHT BULB
2. LUGGAGE ROOM LIGHT SWITCH
31. Trunk Room Light
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. TRUNK ROOM LIGHT BULB
2. TRUNK LID SWITCH (TRUNK ROOM LIGHT SWITCH)
32. Glove Box Light
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
33. Door Step Light
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
34. Ignition Switch Illumination
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
35. Day Time Running Light Unit
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
36. Reflex Refractor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEMS WW
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: COMPONENT
1. FRONT WIPER
2. REAR WIPER (WAGON MODEL)
3. WASHER TANK
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Wiper and Washer System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. WIPER AND WASHER (FRONT)
2. WIPER AND WASHER (REAR)
B: INSPECTION
3. Combination Switch (Wiper)
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. COMBINATION SWITCH
2. FRONT WIPER
3. REAR WIPER
4. Wiper Blade
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT
2. REAR
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. FRONT
2. REAR
D: ASSEMBLY
1. FRONT
2. REAR
E: INSPECTION
5. Washer Tank and Motor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
6. Front Wiper Arm
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: ADJUSTMENT
7. Front Wiper Motor and Link
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
8. Front Washer Nozzle
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. Rear Wiper Arm
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: ADJUSTMENT
10. Rear Wiper Motor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Rear Washer
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
ENTERTAINMENT ET
1. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: PREPARATION TOOL
1. GENERAL TOOL
2. Audio System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
3. Audio
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. SELF DIAGNOSIS OF THE CONTROL PANEL AND AUDIO
2. SWITCH CHECK LIST
4. Front Speaker
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
5. Tweeter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
6. Rear Speaker
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
7. Antenna
A: INSPECTION
B: REPAIR
8. Antenna Amplifier
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. Noise Suppressor
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
10. Navigation System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
1. CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE NAVIGATION
2. CHECK THE DVD-ROM
3. CHECK EACH CONNECTION
4. SWITCHING TO CONNECTION INSPECTION MODE
5. CHECK THE GPS ANTENNA
6. CHECK THE BACK SENSOR
7. CHECK THE ILLUMINATION
8. CHECK THE PARKING SIGNAL
9. CHECK SPEED SENSOR
11. Navigation Display
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
12. GPS Antenna
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
13. Navigation Body
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
14. AUX Input Terminal
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
15. Front Accessory Power Supply Socket
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: REMOVAL
C: INSTALLATION
16. Rear Accessory Power Supply Socket
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: REMOVAL
C: INSTALLATION
17. Steering Satellite Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COM
1. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: PREPARATION TOOL
1. GENERAL TOOL
2. Horn System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. HORN
B: INSPECTION
1. HORN RELAY
3. Horn
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Horn Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS GW
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
1. FIXED GLASS (SEDAN MODEL)
2. FIXED GLASS (WAGON MODEL)
3. FRONT DOOR GLASS
4. REAR DOOR GLASS
5. MIRROR
B: CAUTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Power Window System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
3. Power Window Control Switch
A: REMOVAL
1. MAIN SWITCH
2. SUB-SWITCH
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. MAIN SWITCH
2. SUB-SWITCH
4. Front Door Glass
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: ADJUSTMENT
5. Front Regulator and Motor Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Remote Control Mirror System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
7. Scalp Cap
A: REPLACEMENT
1. MODEL WITH SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT
2. MODEL WITHOUT SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT
8. Outer Mirror Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. Outer Mirror
A: REPLACEMENT
10. Remote Control Mirror Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SWITCH
11. Rear Door Glass
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: ADJUSTMENT
12. Rear Regulator and Motor Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
13. Windshield Glass
A: REMOVAL
1. USING WINDSHIELD GLASS KNIFE
2. USING PIANO WIRE
B: INSTALLATION
14. Rear Gate Glass
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
15. Rear Window Glass
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
16. Rear Window Defogger System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
17. Rear Window Defogger
A: INSPECTION
1. CHECK WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. HEAT WIRE INSPECTION
B: REPAIR
18. Rear Quarter Glass
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
19. Sunroof Glass
A: PROCEDURE
20. Rearview Mirror
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
21. Wiper Deicer System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: INSPECTION
C: REPAIR
22. Wiper Deicer Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. CHECK WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. CHECK SWITCH.
BODY STRUCTURE BS
1. General Description
A: PREPARATION TOOL
2. Datum Dimensions
A: MEASUREMENT
1. CENTER STRUCTURE
2. FRONT STRUCTURE
3. INSIDE
4. REAR
5. SUSPENSION MOUNT
3. Plastic Parts and Materials
A: SPECIFICATION
4. List of Plastic Material Notations
A: SPECIFICATION
5. Body Sealing
A: SPECIFICATION
6. Anticorrosion Wax
A: SPECIFICATION
7. Under Coat
A: SPECIFICATION
8. Anti Chipping Coat
A: SPECIFICATION
9. Stone Guard Coat
A: SPECIFICATION
10. Galvanized Sheet Metal
A: SPECIFICATION
11. Aluminium Sheet Metal
A: SPECIFICATION
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO IDI
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
B: CAUTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. GENERAL TOOL
2. Combination Meter System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. COMBINATION METER
B: INSPECTION
1. SELF-DIAGNOSIS
2. LIST OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE OPERATION
3. LIST OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE OPERATION
4. SYMPTOM CHART
5. CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
6. CHECK ABSCM OR VDCCM
7. CHECK ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)
8. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
9. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
10. COMMUNICATION ERROR DISPLAY
11. DTC DISPLAY MODE
3. Clock System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. CLOCK
B: INSPECTION
1. SYMPTOM CHART
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
3. CHECK ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT
4. CHECK ACC OR IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
5. CHECK COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
4. Combination Meter
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. BULB REPLACEMENT
D: ASSEMBLY
5. Speedometer
A: SPECIFICATION
6. Tachometer
A: SPECIFICATION
7. Fuel Gauge
A: SPECIFICATION
8. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
A: SPECIFICATION
9. Clock
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
10. Multi-information Display Selector
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
SEATS SE
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
1. FRONT SEAT LH (MANUAL SEAT)
2. FRONT SEAT LH (POWER SEAT)
3. FRONT SEAT RH (MANUAL SEAT)
4. FRONT SEAT RH (POWER SEAT)
5. REAR SEAT (SEDAN MODEL)
6. REAR SEAT (WAGON MODEL)
B: CAUTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. GENERAL TOOL
2. Front Seat
A: REMOVAL
1. DRIVER’S SEAT
2. PASSENGER’S SEAT
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. DRIVER’S SEAT
MANUAL SEAT
POWER SEAT
2. PASSENGER’S SEAT
D: ASSEMBLY
1. DRIVER’S SEAT
2. PASSENGER’S SEAT
E: INSPECTION
3. Rear Seat
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
D: ASSEMBLY
E: INSPECTION
4. Seat Heater System
A: REMOVAL
1. SEAT HEATER UNIT
2. SEAT HEATER SWITCH
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. WIRING DIAGRAM
2. SEAT HEATER UNIT
3. SEAT HEATER SWITCH
. CHECK THERMISTOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE
. CHECK SWITCH OUTPUT VOLTAGE
5. Power Seat System
A: REMOVAL
1. POWER SEAT SWITCH
2. MEMORY MODULE (MEMORY- EQUIPPED SEAT)
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. WIRING DIAGRAM
2. TROUBLE SYMPTOM
3. CHECK POWER SEAT SWITCH
4. CHECK MEMORY SWITCH (MEMORY-EQUPPED)
5. ALL FUNCTION FAILS TO OPERATE (DRIVER’S SEAT, WITHOUT MEMORY)
6. SOME OF THE MOTORS DO NOT OPERATE (DRIVER’S SEAT, WITHOUT MEMORY)
7. DOES NOT OPERATE IN MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S SEAT, MEMORY-EQUIPPED)
8. SOME OF THE MOTORS DO NOT OPERATE. (DRIVER’S SEAT, WITH MEMORY)
9. FAILS TO STORE THE LOCATION TO THE MEMORY (DRIVER’S SEAT, WITH MEMORY)
10. FAILS TO PERFORM THE REPLAY OPERATION (DRIVER’S SEAT, WITH MEMORY)
11. INITIALIZATION IS IMPOSSIBLE
12. ALL FUNCTION FAILS TO OPERATE (PASSENGER’S SEAT)
13. SOME OF THE MOTORS DO NOT OPERATE (PASSENGER’S SEAT)
D: ADJUSTMENT
1. INITIALIZATING CONDITIONS
2. INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
SECURITY AND LOCKS SL
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
1. DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY
2. TRUNK LID AND REAR GATE LOCK
3. FRONT HOOD LOCK AND REMOTE OPENERS
4. IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
5. KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
B: CAUTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Door Lock Control System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. DOOR LOCK CONTROL
B: INSPECTION
1. SYMPTOM CHART
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
3. CHECK DOOR LOCK SWITCH
4. CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR AND CIRCUIT
3. Keyless Entry System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. KEYLESS ENTRY
B: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
1. KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL MODULE
2. BODY INTEGRATED UNIT
C: INSPECTION
1. SYMPTOM CHART
2. CHECK KEYLESS TRANSMITTER BATTERY AND FUNCTION
3. CHECK KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL MODULE
4. CHECK BODY INTEGRATED UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
5. CHECK DOOR SWITCH
6. CHECK KEY WARNING SWITCH
7. CHECK ROOM LIGHT OPERATION
8. CHECK HAZARD LIGHT OPERATION
9. CHECK TRUNK LID LOCK ACTUATOR
10. CHECK DOOR LOCK SWITCH
11. CHECK IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION
12. CHECK HORN OPERATION
13. CHECK KEYLESS BUZZER
14. CHECK IGNITION SWITCH
4. Security System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
C: INSPECTION
1. BASIC DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2. CHECK SECURITY SYSTEM CONDITION MEMORY
3. SECURITY SYSTEM ON/OFF SETTING
4. CHECK DOOR SWITCH
5. CHECK TRUNK LID SWITCH (SEDAN) OR REAR GATE LATCH SWITCH (WAGON)
6. CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT CIRCUIT
7. CHECK HORN
8. CHECK HAZARD LIGHT OPERATION
9. CHECK IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
10. CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH AND CIRCUIT
5. Front Inner Remote
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Front Outer Handle
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
7. Front Door Latch and Door Lock Actuator Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
8. Front Door Lock Actuator
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
9. Rear Inner Remote
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
10. Rear Outer Handle
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
11. Rear Door Latch and Door Lock Actuator Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
12. Rear Door Lock Actuator
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
13. Rear Gate Outer Handle
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
14. Rear Gate Latch Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
15. Trunk Lid Lock Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
16. Trunk Lid Release Handle
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
17. Front Hood Lock Assembly
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: ADJUSTMENT
D: INSPECTION
18. Remote Openers
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT HOOD OPENER
2. TRUNK LID OPENER
3. FUEL FILLER FLAP LID OPENER
Sedan model
Wagon model
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
19. Ignition Key Lock
A: REPLACEMENT
B: INSPECTION
20. Key Lock Cylinders
A: REPLACEMENT
21. Security Control Unit
A: NOTE
22. Impact Sensor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: OPERATION
1. IMPACT SENSOR SETTING USING SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
D: ADJUSTMENT
1. CHECK IMPACT SENSOR
2. IMPACT SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT
23. Keyless Entry Control Module
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
24. Keyless Buzzer
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
25. Body Integrated Unit
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
26. Transmitter
A: REMOVAL
1. TRANSMITTER BATTERY
B: INSTALLATION
1. TRANSMITTER BATTERY
C: INSPECTION
1. TRANSMITTER BATTERY
D: REPLACEMENT
1. REGISTRATION OF KEYLESS TRANSMITTER WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
27. Immobilizer Control Module
A: NOTE
28. Immobilizer Antenna
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
SUNROOF/T-TOP/CONVERTIBLE TOP (SUNROOF) SR
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: CAUTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. GENERAL TOOL
2. Sunroof Control System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. SUNROOF
B: INSPECTION
1. INITIALIZE OPERATION (SEDAN MODEL)
2. INITIALIZE OPERATION (WAGON MODEL)
3. Glass Lid
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL (FRONT)
3. WAGON MODEL (REAR)
B: INSTALLATION
C: ADJUSTMENT
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
D: FORCED DRIVE
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
4. Sunroof Assembly
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: DISASSEMBLY
D: ASSEMBLY
5. Sunroof Motor
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
6. Sunroof Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
7. Sunshade
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
1. CHECK FOR MOVING LOAD OF SUNSHADE
EXTERIOR/INTERIOR TRIM EI
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
1. FRONT GRILLE
2. UNDER COVER
3. UNDER PROTECTOR
4. FRONT HOOD GRILLE
5. FRONT BUMPER
6. REAR BUMPER (SEDAN MODEL)
7. REAR BUMPER (WAGON MODEL)
8. MUD GUARD
9. COWL PANEL
10. ROOF SPOILER
11. SIDE SILL SPOILER
12. ROOF RAIL
13. SIDE PROTECTOR
14. SIDE GARNISH
15. TRUNK LID GARNISH
16. REAR GATE GARNISH
17. DOOR TRIM
18. CONSOLE BOX
19. INSTRUMENT PANEL
20. INNER TRIM (SEDAN MODEL)
21. INNER TRIM (WAGON MODEL)
22. REAR GATE TRIM
23. ROOF TRIM (SEDAN MODEL)
24. ROOF TRIM (WAGON MODEL)
25. TRUNK ROOM TRIM
26. LUGGAGE FLOOR MAT
27. ROOM INNER PARTS
28. HEAT SHIELD COVER
B: PREPARATION TOOL
2. Front Grille
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
3. Front Hood Grille
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
4. Front Under Cover
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
5. Floor Under Protector
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
6. Fuel Tank Protector
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
7. Mud Guard
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT MUD GUARD
2. REAR MUD GUARD
B: INSTALLATION
8. Front Bumper
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT BUMPER FACE
2. FRONT BUMPER BEAM ASSEMBLY
B: INSTALLATION
1. FRONT BUMPER FACE
2. FRONT BUMPER BEAM ASSEMBLY
C: REPAIR
1. COATING METHOD FOR PP BUMPER
2. REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS FOR COLORED PP BUMPER
9. Rear Bumper
A: REMOVAL
1. REAR BUMPER FACE (SEDAN MODEL)
2. REAR BUMPER FACE (WAGON MODEL)
3. REAR BUMPER BRACKET
4. REAR BUMPER BEAM ASSEMBLY
B: INSTALLATION
C: REPAIR
10. Cowl Panel
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
11. Roof Spoiler
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
12. Side Sill Spoiler
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
13. Side Protector
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
14. Side Garnish
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
15. Rear Quarter Protector
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
16. Roof Rail
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
17. Door Trim
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
18. Instrument Panel Lower Cover
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
19. Glove Box
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
20. Console Box
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
21. Center Console
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
22. Instrument Panel Assembly
A: REMOVAL
1. INSTRUMENT PANEL (EXCLUDING STEERING SUPPORT BEAM)
2. STEERING SUPPORT BEAM
3. INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STEERING SUPPORT BEAM)
B: INSTALLATION
1. INSTRUMENT PANEL (EXCLUDING STEERING SUPPORT BEAM)
2. STEERING SUPPORT BEAM
3. INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STEERING SUPPORT BEAM)
23. Lower Inner Trim
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
24. Upper Inner Trim
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
25. Rear Quarter Trim
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
26. Sun Visor
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
27. Assist Grip
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
28. Roof Trim
A: REMOVAL
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
B: INSTALLATION
29. Rear Gate Trim
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
30. Rear Shelf Trim
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
31. Trunk Room Trim
A: REMOVAL
1. TRUNK LID TRIM
2. TRUNK ROOM TRIM
B: INSTALLATION
32. Floor Mat
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
33. Luggage Floor Box
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
34. Trunk Lid Garnish
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
35. Rear Gate Garnish
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
36. Heat Shield Cover
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT HEAT SHIELD COVER
2. CENTER HEAT SHIELD COVER
3. REAR HEAT SHIELD COVER
B: INSTALLATION
37. Ornament
A: INSTALLATION
1. LETTER MARK
2. AWD STICKER
EXTERIOR BODY PANELS EB
1. General Description
A: SPECIFICATION
1. SIDE
2. FRONT
3. REAR (SEDAN MODEL)
4. REAR (WAGON MODEL)
B: COMPONENT
1. FRONT HOOD
2. FRONT FENDER PANEL
3. FRONT DOOR PANEL
4. REAR DOOR PANEL
5. TRUNK LID PANEL
6. REAR GATE PANEL
C: CAUTION
D: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
2. Front Hood
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT HOOD INSULATOR
2. FRONT HOOD WEATHER STRIP
3. FRONT HOOD HINGE
4. FRONT HOOD STRIKER
5. FRONT HOOD PANEL
B: INSTALLATION
C: ADJUSTMENT
3. Front Fender
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
4. Front Door
A: REMOVAL
1. FRONT DOOR PANEL
2. FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY
B: INSTALLATION
1. FRONT DOOR PANEL
2. FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY
C: ADJUSTMENT
5. Front Sealing Cover
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
6. Rear Door
A: REMOVAL
1. REAR DOOR PANEL
2. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
B: INSTALLATION
1. REAR DOOR PANEL
2. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
C: ADJUSTMENT
7. Rear Sealing Cover
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
8. Trunk Lid
A: REMOVAL
1. TORSION BAR
2. TRUNK LID ARM
3. TRUNK LID PANEL
B: INSTALLATION
9. Rear Gate
A: REMOVAL
1. REAR GATE PANEL
2. REAR GATE DAMPER STAY
B: INSTALLATION
1. REAR GATE PANEL
2. REAR GATE DAMPER STAY
C: DISPOSAL
1. REAR GATE DAMPER STAY
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM CC
1. General Description
A: COMPONENT
B: CAUTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
2. Cruise Control Unit
A: NOTE
B: REMOVAL
C: INSTALLATION
3. Cruise Control Command Switch
A: REMOVAL
B: INSTALLATION
C: INSPECTION
4. Combination Meter
A: NOTE
5. Stop Light & Brake Switch
A: NOTE
6. Clutch Switch
A: NOTE
7. Inhibitor Switch
A: NOTE
1. 4AT MODEL
2. 5AT MODEL
8. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
A: NOTE
9. Neutral Position Switch
A: NOTE
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS) CC(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
2. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
C: INSPECTION
3. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
4. Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
B: WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2. CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL CONDITIONS DIAGNOSIS
3. REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS
6. Diagnostics with Phenomenon
A: DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH PHENOMENON
B: CHECK CRUISE INDICATOR LIGHT AND CRUISE SET INDICATOR LIGHT
7. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
8. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC 11
B: DTC 12
C: DTC 13
D: DTC 14
E: DTC 15
F: DTC 16
G: DTC 21
H: DTC 22
I: DTC 24
J: DTC 25
K: DTC 31
L: DTC 32
M: DTC 34
N: DTC 35
O: DTC 41
P: DTC 43
Q: DTC 44
R: DTC 45
S: DTC 61
T: DTC 62
U: DTC 63
V: DTC 64
W: DTC 65
X: DTC 66
IMMOBILIZER (DIAGNOSTICS) IM(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
2. General Description
A: CAUTION
B: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
3. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
4. Immobilizer Control Module I/O Signal
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. IMMOBILIZER
5. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. HOW TO USE THE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE AND BODY INTEGRATED UNIT
3. COMMUNICATION LINE CHECK
6. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
1. ECM
2. BODY INTEGRATED UNIT
7. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
1. ECM
2. BODY INTEGRATED UNIT
8. Diagnostics Chart for Security Indicator Light
A: INSPECTION
1. CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT CIRCUIT
2. CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT
9. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
1. ECM
2. BODY INTEGRATED UNIT
10. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: DTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY
B: DTC P1570 ANTENNA
C: DTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY
D: DTC P1572 IMM CIRCUIT FAILURE (EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT)
E: DTC P1574 KEY COMMUNICATION FAILURE
F: DTC P1576 EGI CONTROL MODULE EEPROM
G: DTC P1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPROM
H: DTC P1578 METER FAILURE
1. CHECK LAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM.
2. REPLACE COMBINATION METER.
LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS) LAN(diag)
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: PROCEDURE
1. WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. Check List for Interview
A: CHECK
1. DISPLAY OF COMMUNICATION ERROR
2. DISPLAY STATUS IN THE COMBINATION METER
3. SYMPTOM
4. CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH TROUBLE OCCURS
3. General Description
A: CAUTION
1. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM “AIRBAG”
2. LAN SYSTEM
B: INSPECTION
C: PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL
2. GENERAL TOOL
4. Electrical Component Location
A: LOCATION
5. Control Module I/O Signal
A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
B: WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Subaru Select Monitor
A: OPERATION
1. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
2. READ CURRENT DATA
3. DISPLAY OF ANALOG DATA
4. DISPLAY OF ON/OFF DATA
5. CONFIRMATION OF CURRENT SETTING
6. REGISTRATION BODY INTEGRATED UNIT (EQUIPMENT SETTING)
7. CLEAR MEMORY MODE
8. FREEZE FRAME DATA
9. FUNCTION SETTING (ECM CUSTOMIZING)
10. FUNCTION CHECK
7. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION
1. WITHOUT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
8. Clear Memory Mode
A: OPERATION
1. WITHOUT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
2. WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
9. Read Current Data
A: OPERATION
10. Function Setting (Customize)
A: OPERATION
1. WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
11. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: LIST
1. DTC TABLE
12. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: COMMUNICATION FOR INITIALIZING IMPOSSIBLE
B: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) IS NOT STORED
C: DTC B1100 INTEG. UNIT SYSTEM ERROR
D: DTC B1101 BATT P/SUPPLY MALFUNCTION CONT
E: DTC B1102 BATT P/SUPPLY MALFUNCTION CONT
F: DTC B1103 IGNITION POWER FAILURE
G: DTC B1104 ACC POWER FAILURE
H: DTC B1105 KEY INTERLOCK CIRCUIT ABNORMAL
I: DTC B1106 SHIFT LOCK CIRCUIT FAILURE
J: DTC U1201 CAN-HS COUNTER ABNORMAL
K: DTC U1202 CAN-HS BUS OFF
L: DTC U1211 CAN-HS ECM DATA ABNORMAL
M: DTC U1212 CAN-HS TCM DATA ABNORMAL
N: DTC U1213 CAN-HS VDC/ABS DATA ABNORMAL
O: DTC U1221 CAN-HS ECM NO-RECEIVE DATA
P: DTC U1222 CAN-HS TCM NO-RECEIVE DATA
Q: DTC U1223 CAN-HS VDC/ABS NO-RECEIVE DATA
R: DTC U1300 CAN-LS MALFUNCTION
S: DTC U1301 CAN-LS COUNTER ABNORMAL
T: DTC U1302 CAN-LS BUS OFF
U: DTC U1311 CAN-LS METER UNIT DATA ABNORMAL
V: DTC U1313 CAN-LS MONITOR DATA ABNORMAL
W: DTC U1321 CAN-LS METER NO-RECEIVE DATA
X: DTC B1500 KEYLESS UART COM. MALFUNCTION
13. General Diagnostic Table
A: INSPECTION
1. LAN SYSTEM
2. BODY INTEGRATED UNIT
WIRING SYSTEM SECTION
WIRING SYSTEM WI
1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
A: BASIC PROCEDURES
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2. IDENTIFICATION OF TROUBLE SYMPTOM
3. PROBABLE CAUSE OF TROUBLE
4. LOCATION AND REPAIR OF TROUBLE
5. SYSTEM OPERATION CHECK
B: BASIC INSPECTION
1. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT
2. CIRCUIT CONTINUITY CHECKS
3. HOW TO DETERMINE AN OPEN CIRCUIT
4. HOW TO DETERMINE A SHORT CIRCUIT
C: HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS
1. WIRING DIAGRAM
D: SYMBOLS IN WIRING DIAGRAMS
1. RELAY
2. CONNECTOR 1
3. WIRING CONNECTION
4. FUSE NO. & RATING
5. CONNECTOR 2
6. CONNECTOR SKETCH
7. GROUND
8. DIODE
9. WIRE TRACING ON EXTENDED WIRING DIAGRAMS
10. SYMBOLS OF WIRE CONNECTION AND CROSSING
11. POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
12. CLASSIFICATION BY SPECIFICATION
13. TWISTED PAIR LINE
E: CONNECTOR SYMBOL IN WIRING HARNESS
F: ABBREVIATION IN WIRING DIAGRAMS
2. Working Precautions
A: PRECAUTIONS WHEN WORKING WITH THE PARTS MOUNTED ON THE VEHICLE
B: PRECAUTIONS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR OF ELECTRIC PARTS
3. Power Supply Circuit
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
4. Ground Circuit
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. BODY GROUND
2. AT TRANSMISSION GROUND (4AT MODEL)
3. AT TRANSMISSION GROUND (5AT MODEL)
4. ENGINE GROUND (2.5 L NON-TURBO MODEL)
5. ENGINE GROUND (3.0 L MODEL)
6. ENGINE GROUND (2.5 L TURBO MODEL)
7. AIRBAG GROUND
5. Engine Electrical System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. 2.5 L NON-TURBO MODEL
2. 2.5 L TURBO MODEL
3. 3.0 L MODEL
6. Radiator Fan System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. 2.5 L MODEL
2. 3.0 L MODEL
7. Charging System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
8. Starter System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. 2.5 L NON-TURBO MODEL
2. 2.5L TURBO MODEL AND 3.0 L MODEL
9. Remote Engine Start System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
10. AT Control System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. 4AT MODEL (TRANSMISSION SERIAL NO. 3966774 OR EARLIER)
2. 4AT MODEL (TRANSMISSION SERIAL NO. 3966775 OR LATER)
3. 4AT MODEL (TRANSMISSION SERIAL NO. 4078113 OR LATER)
4. 5AT MODEL
11. AT Shift Lock Control System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
12. Anti-lock Brake System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
13. Vehicle Dynamics Control System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
14. Tire Pressure Monitoring System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
15. Air Conditioning System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. MANUAL A/C MODEL
2. AUTO A/C MODEL
16. Power Seat System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
17. Airbag System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
18. Seat Belt Warning System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
19. Occupant Detection System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
20. Seat Heater System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
21. Headlight System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
22. Front Fog Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
23. Back-up Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. TRANSMISSION SERIAL NO. 4078112 OR EARLIER
2. TRANSMISSION SERIAL NO. 4078113 OR LATER
24. Stop Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
25. Clearance Light and Illumination Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
26. Turn Signal Light and Hazard Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
27. Interior Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
28. Front Wiper and Washer System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
29. Rear Wiper and Washer System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
30. Wiper Deicer System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
31. Audio System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
32. Front Accessory Power Supply Socket System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
33. Rear Accessory Power Supply Socket System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
34. Navigation System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
35. Multi-information Display (MID) System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
36. Horn System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
37. Power Window System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
38. Remote Control Mirror System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
39. Rear Defogger System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
40. Combination Meter System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. NORMAL METER
2. MULTI METER
41. Speedometer System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
42. Clock System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. WITH FUEL GAUGE AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE RESIDUAL DRIVEN DISPLAY
2. ONLY CLOCK DISPLAY (WITH ILLUMINATION CONTROL)
43. Fuel Gauge System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
44. Coolant Temperature System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
45. Oil Pressure Warning Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
46. Parking Brake / Brake Fluid Level Warning Light System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
47. Sunroof Control System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
48. Security System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
49. Immobilizer System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
50. Keyless Entry System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
51. Cruise Control System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
1. 2.5 L NON-TURBO MODEL
2. 2.5L TURBO MODEL AND 3.0 L MODEL
52. CAN Communication System
A: WIRING DIAGRAM
53. Harness Components Location
A: LOCATION
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
54. Front Wiring Harness
A: LOCATION
55. Bulkhead Wiring Harness (In Engine Compartment)
A: LOCATION
56. Bulkhead Wiring Harness (In Compartment)
A: LOCATION
57. Engine Wiring Harness and Transmission Cord
A: LOCATION
1. 2.5 L NON-TURBO MODEL
MT model
AT model
2. TURBO MODEL
MT model
AT model
3. 3.0 L MODEL
58. Instrument Panel Wiring Harness
A: LOCATION
59. Rear Wiring Harness
A: LOCATION
1. SEDAN MODEL
2. WAGON MODEL
60. Door Cord
A: LOCATION
61. Rear Wiring Harness and Trunk Lid Cord
A: LOCATION
62. Rear Wiring Harness and Rear Gate Cord
A: LOCATION